1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
10// builds ASTs.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
15#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16
17#include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h"
18#include "clang/AST/ASTFwd.h"
19#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Availability.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ComparisonCategories.h"
22#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
23#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26#include "clang/AST/ExprConcepts.h"
27#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
28#include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
29#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
30#include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h"
31#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
32#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
33#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
34#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
35#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
36#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
37#include "clang/Basic/BitmaskEnum.h"
38#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
39#include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
40#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLOptions.h"
41#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
42#include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h"
43#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
44#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
45#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
46#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
47#include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h"
48#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
49#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
50#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
51#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
52#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
53#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
54#include "clang/Sema/SemaConcept.h"
55#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
56#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
57#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
58#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
59#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
60#include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
61#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
62#include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
63#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
64#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
65#include "llvm/Frontend/OpenMP/OMPConstants.h"
66#include <deque>
67#include <memory>
68#include <string>
69#include <tuple>
70#include <vector>
71
72namespace llvm {
73 class APSInt;
74 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
75 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
76 class SmallBitVector;
77 struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
78}
79
80namespace clang {
81 class ADLResult;
82 class ASTConsumer;
83 class ASTContext;
84 class ASTMutationListener;
85 class ASTReader;
86 class ASTWriter;
87 class ArrayType;
88 class ParsedAttr;
89 class BindingDecl;
90 class BlockDecl;
91 class CapturedDecl;
92 class CXXBasePath;
93 class CXXBasePaths;
94 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
95 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
96 class CXXConstructorDecl;
97 class CXXConversionDecl;
98 class CXXDeleteExpr;
99 class CXXDestructorDecl;
100 class CXXFieldCollector;
101 class CXXMemberCallExpr;
102 class CXXMethodDecl;
103 class CXXScopeSpec;
104 class CXXTemporary;
105 class CXXTryStmt;
106 class CallExpr;
107 class ClassTemplateDecl;
108 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
109 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
110 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
111 class CodeCompleteConsumer;
112 class CodeCompletionAllocator;
113 class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
114 class CodeCompletionResult;
115 class CoroutineBodyStmt;
116 class Decl;
117 class DeclAccessPair;
118 class DeclContext;
119 class DeclRefExpr;
120 class DeclaratorDecl;
121 class DeducedTemplateArgument;
122 class DependentDiagnostic;
123 class DesignatedInitExpr;
124 class Designation;
125 class EnableIfAttr;
126 class EnumConstantDecl;
127 class Expr;
128 class ExtVectorType;
129 class FormatAttr;
130 class FriendDecl;
131 class FunctionDecl;
132 class FunctionProtoType;
133 class FunctionTemplateDecl;
134 class ImplicitConversionSequence;
135 typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList;
136 class InitListExpr;
137 class InitializationKind;
138 class InitializationSequence;
139 class InitializedEntity;
140 class IntegerLiteral;
141 class LabelStmt;
142 class LambdaExpr;
143 class LangOptions;
144 class LocalInstantiationScope;
145 class LookupResult;
146 class MacroInfo;
147 typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
148 class ModuleLoader;
149 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
150 class NamedDecl;
151 class ObjCCategoryDecl;
152 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
153 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
154 class ObjCContainerDecl;
155 class ObjCImplDecl;
156 class ObjCImplementationDecl;
157 class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
158 class ObjCIvarDecl;
159 template <class T> class ObjCList;
160 class ObjCMessageExpr;
161 class ObjCMethodDecl;
162 class ObjCPropertyDecl;
163 class ObjCProtocolDecl;
164 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
165 class OMPRequiresDecl;
166 class OMPDeclareReductionDecl;
167 class OMPDeclareSimdDecl;
168 class OMPClause;
169 struct OMPVarListLocTy;
170 struct OverloadCandidate;
171 enum class OverloadCandidateParamOrder : char;
172 enum OverloadCandidateRewriteKind : unsigned;
173 class OverloadCandidateSet;
174 class OverloadExpr;
175 class ParenListExpr;
176 class ParmVarDecl;
177 class Preprocessor;
178 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
179 class PseudoObjectExpr;
180 class QualType;
181 class StandardConversionSequence;
182 class Stmt;
183 class StringLiteral;
184 class SwitchStmt;
185 class TemplateArgument;
186 class TemplateArgumentList;
187 class TemplateArgumentLoc;
188 class TemplateDecl;
189 class TemplateInstantiationCallback;
190 class TemplateParameterList;
191 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
192 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
193 class Token;
194 class TypeAliasDecl;
195 class TypedefDecl;
196 class TypedefNameDecl;
197 class TypeLoc;
198 class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
199 class UnqualifiedId;
200 class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
201 class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
202 class UnresolvedSetImpl;
203 class UnresolvedSetIterator;
204 class UsingDecl;
205 class UsingShadowDecl;
206 class ValueDecl;
207 class VarDecl;
208 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
209 class VisibilityAttr;
210 class VisibleDeclConsumer;
211 class IndirectFieldDecl;
212 struct DeductionFailureInfo;
213 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
214
215namespace sema {
216 class AccessedEntity;
217 class BlockScopeInfo;
218 class Capture;
219 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
220 class CapturingScopeInfo;
221 class CompoundScopeInfo;
222 class DelayedDiagnostic;
223 class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
224 class FunctionScopeInfo;
225 class LambdaScopeInfo;
226 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
227 class SemaPPCallbacks;
228 class TemplateDeductionInfo;
229}
230
231namespace threadSafety {
232 class BeforeSet;
233 void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
234}
235
236// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
237// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
238typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
239 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
240
241/// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given
242/// file.
243struct FileNullability {
244 /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does
245 /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation.
246 SourceLocation PointerLoc;
247
248 /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for
249 /// placing fix-its.
250 SourceLocation PointerEndLoc;
251
252 /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw.
253 uint8_t PointerKind;
254
255 /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file.
256 bool SawTypeNullability = false;
257};
258
259/// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability
260/// information in that file.
261class FileNullabilityMap {
262 /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID.
263 llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map;
264
265 /// A single-element cache based on the file ID.
266 struct {
267 FileID File;
268 FileNullability Nullability;
269 } Cache;
270
271public:
272 FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) {
273 // Check the single-element cache.
274 if (file == Cache.File)
275 return Cache.Nullability;
276
277 // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one.
278 if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) {
279 Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability;
280 }
281
282 // Pull this entry into the cache.
283 Cache.File = file;
284 Cache.Nullability = Map[file];
285 return Cache.Nullability;
286 }
287};
288
289/// Keeps track of expected type during expression parsing. The type is tied to
290/// a particular token, all functions that update or consume the type take a
291/// start location of the token they are looking at as a parameter. This allows
292/// to avoid updating the type on hot paths in the parser.
293class PreferredTypeBuilder {
294public:
295 PreferredTypeBuilder() = default;
296 explicit PreferredTypeBuilder(QualType Type) : Type(Type) {}
297
298 void enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok);
299 void enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok);
300 void enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D);
301 /// Computing a type for the function argument may require running
302 /// overloading, so we postpone its computation until it is actually needed.
303 ///
304 /// Clients should be very careful when using this funciton, as it stores a
305 /// function_ref, clients should make sure all calls to get() with the same
306 /// location happen while function_ref is alive.
307 void enterFunctionArgument(SourceLocation Tok,
308 llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType);
309
310 void enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok, SourceLocation LParLoc);
311 void enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, tok::TokenKind OpKind,
312 SourceLocation OpLoc);
313 void enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS, tok::TokenKind Op);
314 void enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *Base);
315 void enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS);
316 /// Handles all type casts, including C-style cast, C++ casts, etc.
317 void enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok, QualType CastType);
318
319 QualType get(SourceLocation Tok) const {
320 if (Tok != ExpectedLoc)
321 return QualType();
322 if (!Type.isNull())
323 return Type;
324 if (ComputeType)
325 return ComputeType();
326 return QualType();
327 }
328
329private:
330 /// Start position of a token for which we store expected type.
331 SourceLocation ExpectedLoc;
332 /// Expected type for a token starting at ExpectedLoc.
333 QualType Type;
334 /// A function to compute expected type at ExpectedLoc. It is only considered
335 /// if Type is null.
336 llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType;
337};
338
339/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
340class Sema final {
341 Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
342 void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
343
344 /// A key method to reduce duplicate debug info from Sema.
345 virtual void anchor();
346
347 ///Source of additional semantic information.
348 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
349
350 ///Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
351 bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
352
353 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
354
355 bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D);
356
357 /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that
358 /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might
359 /// not have external linkage.
360 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old,
361 const NamedDecl *New) {
362 if (isVisible(Old))
363 return true;
364 // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage
365 // of the new declaration here.
366 if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) {
367 assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&
368 "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl");
369 return true;
370 }
371 return false;
372 }
373 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New);
374
375 void setupImplicitSpecialMemberType(CXXMethodDecl *SpecialMem,
376 QualType ResultTy,
377 ArrayRef<QualType> Args);
378
379public:
380 /// The maximum alignment, same as in llvm::Value. We duplicate them here
381 /// because that allows us not to duplicate the constants in clang code,
382 /// which we must to since we can't directly use the llvm constants.
383 /// The value is verified against llvm here: lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp
384 ///
385 /// This is the greatest alignment value supported by load, store, and alloca
386 /// instructions, and global values.
387 static const unsigned MaxAlignmentExponent = 29;
388 static const unsigned MaximumAlignment = 1u << MaxAlignmentExponent;
389
390 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
391 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
392 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
393
394 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
395 FPOptions CurFPFeatures;
396
397 const LangOptions &LangOpts;
398 Preprocessor &PP;
399 ASTContext &Context;
400 ASTConsumer &Consumer;
401 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
402 SourceManager &SourceMgr;
403
404 /// Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
405 bool CollectStats;
406
407 /// Code-completion consumer.
408 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
409
410 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
411 DeclContext *CurContext;
412
413 /// Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
414 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
415 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
416
417 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
418 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
419 DeclarationName VAListTagName;
420
421 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
422
423 /// Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
424 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
425 MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
426
427 /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty.
428 SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
429
430 /// Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
431 SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
432
433 /// Holds TypoExprs that are created from `createDelayedTypo`. This is used by
434 /// `TransformTypos` in order to keep track of any TypoExprs that are created
435 /// recursively during typo correction and wipe them away if the correction
436 /// fails.
437 llvm::SmallVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs;
438
439 /// pragma clang section kind
440 enum PragmaClangSectionKind {
441 PCSK_Invalid = 0,
442 PCSK_BSS = 1,
443 PCSK_Data = 2,
444 PCSK_Rodata = 3,
445 PCSK_Text = 4,
446 PCSK_Relro = 5
447 };
448
449 enum PragmaClangSectionAction {
450 PCSA_Set = 0,
451 PCSA_Clear = 1
452 };
453
454 struct PragmaClangSection {
455 std::string SectionName;
456 bool Valid = false;
457 SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
458 };
459
460 PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection;
461 PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection;
462 PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection;
463 PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRelroSection;
464 PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection;
465
466 enum PragmaMsStackAction {
467 PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma ()
468 PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value)
469 PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id])
470 PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id])
471 PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"!
472 PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value)
473 PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value)
474 };
475
476 // #pragma pack and align.
477 class AlignPackInfo {
478 public:
479 // `Native` represents default align mode, which may vary based on the
480 // platform.
481 enum Mode : unsigned char { Native, Natural, Packed, Mac68k };
482
483 // #pragma pack info constructor
484 AlignPackInfo(AlignPackInfo::Mode M, unsigned Num, bool IsXL)
485 : PackAttr(true), AlignMode(M), PackNumber(Num), XLStack(IsXL) {
486 assert(Num == PackNumber && "The pack number has been truncated.");
487 }
488
489 // #pragma align info constructor
490 AlignPackInfo(AlignPackInfo::Mode M, bool IsXL)
491 : PackAttr(false), AlignMode(M),
492 PackNumber(M == Packed ? 1 : UninitPackVal), XLStack(IsXL) {}
493
494 explicit AlignPackInfo(bool IsXL) : AlignPackInfo(Native, IsXL) {}
495
496 AlignPackInfo() : AlignPackInfo(Native, false) {}
497
498 // When a AlignPackInfo itself cannot be used, this returns an 32-bit
499 // integer encoding for it. This should only be passed to
500 // AlignPackInfo::getFromRawEncoding, it should not be inspected directly.
501 static uint32_t getRawEncoding(const AlignPackInfo &Info) {
502 std::uint32_t Encoding{};
503 if (Info.IsXLStack())
504 Encoding |= IsXLMask;
505
506 Encoding |= static_cast<uint32_t>(Info.getAlignMode()) << 1;
507
508 if (Info.IsPackAttr())
509 Encoding |= PackAttrMask;
510
511 Encoding |= static_cast<uint32_t>(Info.getPackNumber()) << 4;
512
513 return Encoding;
514 }
515
516 static AlignPackInfo getFromRawEncoding(unsigned Encoding) {
517 bool IsXL = static_cast<bool>(Encoding & IsXLMask);
518 AlignPackInfo::Mode M =
519 static_cast<AlignPackInfo::Mode>((Encoding & AlignModeMask) >> 1);
520 int PackNumber = (Encoding & PackNumMask) >> 4;
521
522 if (Encoding & PackAttrMask)
523 return AlignPackInfo(M, PackNumber, IsXL);
524
525 return AlignPackInfo(M, IsXL);
526 }
527
528 bool IsPackAttr() const { return PackAttr; }
529
530 bool IsAlignAttr() const { return !PackAttr; }
531
532 Mode getAlignMode() const { return AlignMode; }
533
534 unsigned getPackNumber() const { return PackNumber; }
535
536 bool IsPackSet() const {
537 // #pragma align, #pragma pack(), and #pragma pack(0) do not set the pack
538 // attriute on a decl.
539 return PackNumber != UninitPackVal && PackNumber != 0;
540 }
541
542 bool IsXLStack() const { return XLStack; }
543
544 bool operator==(const AlignPackInfo &Info) const {
545 return std::tie(AlignMode, PackNumber, PackAttr, XLStack) ==
546 std::tie(Info.AlignMode, Info.PackNumber, Info.PackAttr,
547 Info.XLStack);
548 }
549
550 bool operator!=(const AlignPackInfo &Info) const {
551 return !(*this == Info);
552 }
553
554 private:
555 /// \brief True if this is a pragma pack attribute,
556 /// not a pragma align attribute.
557 bool PackAttr;
558
559 /// \brief The alignment mode that is in effect.
560 Mode AlignMode;
561
562 /// \brief The pack number of the stack.
563 unsigned char PackNumber;
564
565 /// \brief True if it is a XL #pragma align/pack stack.
566 bool XLStack;
567
568 /// \brief Uninitialized pack value.
569 static constexpr unsigned char UninitPackVal = -1;
570
571 // Masks to encode and decode an AlignPackInfo.
572 static constexpr uint32_t IsXLMask{0x0000'0001};
573 static constexpr uint32_t AlignModeMask{0x0000'0006};
574 static constexpr uint32_t PackAttrMask{0x00000'0008};
575 static constexpr uint32_t PackNumMask{0x0000'01F0};
576 };
577
578 template<typename ValueType>
579 struct PragmaStack {
580 struct Slot {
581 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
582 ValueType Value;
583 SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
584 SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation;
585 Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value,
586 SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation)
587 : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
588 PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation),
589 PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {}
590 };
591
592 void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
593 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value) {
594 if (Action == PSK_Reset) {
595 CurrentValue = DefaultValue;
596 CurrentPragmaLocation = PragmaLocation;
597 return;
598 }
599 if (Action & PSK_Push)
600 Stack.emplace_back(StackSlotLabel, CurrentValue, CurrentPragmaLocation,
601 PragmaLocation);
602 else if (Action & PSK_Pop) {
603 if (!StackSlotLabel.empty()) {
604 // If we've got a label, try to find it and jump there.
605 auto I = llvm::find_if(llvm::reverse(Stack), [&](const Slot &x) {
606 return x.StackSlotLabel == StackSlotLabel;
607 });
608 // If we found the label so pop from there.
609 if (I != Stack.rend()) {
610 CurrentValue = I->Value;
611 CurrentPragmaLocation = I->PragmaLocation;
612 Stack.erase(std::prev(I.base()), Stack.end());
613 }
614 } else if (!Stack.empty()) {
615 // We do not have a label, just pop the last entry.
616 CurrentValue = Stack.back().Value;
617 CurrentPragmaLocation = Stack.back().PragmaLocation;
618 Stack.pop_back();
619 }
620 }
621 if (Action & PSK_Set) {
622 CurrentValue = Value;
623 CurrentPragmaLocation = PragmaLocation;
624 }
625 }
626
627 // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++
628 // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this:
629 //
630 // struct S {
631 // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>)
632 // void Method {}
633 // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot)
634 // };
635 //
636 // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support
637 // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n)
638 // syntax.
639 //
640 // Push / pop a named sentinel slot.
641 void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) {
642 assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&
643 "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!");
644 Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue);
645 }
646
647 // Constructors.
648 explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default)
649 : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {}
650
651 bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; }
652
653 SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
654 ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action.
655 ValueType CurrentValue;
656 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
657 };
658 // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
659 // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
660
661 /// Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
662 /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
663 ///
664 /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
665 /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
666 /// structors
667 /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
668 /// objects
669 PragmaStack<MSVtorDispMode> VtorDispStack;
670 PragmaStack<AlignPackInfo> AlignPackStack;
671 // The current #pragma align/pack values and locations at each #include.
672 struct AlignPackIncludeState {
673 AlignPackInfo CurrentValue;
674 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
675 bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude;
676 };
677 SmallVector<AlignPackIncludeState, 8> AlignPackIncludeStack;
678 // Segment #pragmas.
679 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
680 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
681 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
682 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
683
684 // This stack tracks the current state of Sema.CurFPFeatures.
685 PragmaStack<FPOptionsOverride> FpPragmaStack;
686 FPOptionsOverride CurFPFeatureOverrides() {
687 FPOptionsOverride result;
688 if (!FpPragmaStack.hasValue()) {
689 result = FPOptionsOverride();
690 } else {
691 result = FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue;
692 }
693 return result;
694 }
695
696 // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks.
697 // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body.
698 class PragmaStackSentinelRAII {
699 public:
700 PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct);
701 ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII();
702
703 private:
704 Sema &S;
705 StringRef SlotLabel;
706 bool ShouldAct;
707 };
708
709 /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file.
710 FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap;
711
712 /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
713 StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
714 SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
715
716 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
717 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
718
719 /// This an attribute introduced by \#pragma clang attribute.
720 struct PragmaAttributeEntry {
721 SourceLocation Loc;
722 ParsedAttr *Attribute;
723 SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules;
724 bool IsUsed;
725 };
726
727 /// A push'd group of PragmaAttributeEntries.
728 struct PragmaAttributeGroup {
729 /// The location of the push attribute.
730 SourceLocation Loc;
731 /// The namespace of this push group.
732 const IdentifierInfo *Namespace;
733 SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> Entries;
734 };
735
736 SmallVector<PragmaAttributeGroup, 2> PragmaAttributeStack;
737
738 /// The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the
739 /// #pragma attribute stack.
740 const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl;
741
742 /// This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
743 /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
744 /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
745 SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
746
747 /// Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
748 ///
749 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
750 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
751 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
752
753 /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups.
754 CleanupInfo Cleanup;
755
756 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
757 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.
758 SmallVector<ExprWithCleanups::CleanupObject, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
759
760 /// Store a set of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs that contain a reference
761 /// to a variable (constant) that may or may not be odr-used in this Expr, and
762 /// we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue and discarded value conversions
763 /// have been applied to all subexpressions of the enclosing full expression.
764 /// This is cleared at the end of each full expression.
765 using MaybeODRUseExprSet = llvm::SetVector<Expr *, SmallVector<Expr *, 4>,
766 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr *, 4>>;
767 MaybeODRUseExprSet MaybeODRUseExprs;
768
769 std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo> CachedFunctionScope;
770
771 /// Stack containing information about each of the nested
772 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
773 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
774
775 /// The index of the first FunctionScope that corresponds to the current
776 /// context.
777 unsigned FunctionScopesStart = 0;
778
779 ArrayRef<sema::FunctionScopeInfo*> getFunctionScopes() const {
780 return llvm::makeArrayRef(FunctionScopes.begin() + FunctionScopesStart,
781 FunctionScopes.end());
782 }
783
784 /// Stack containing information needed when in C++2a an 'auto' is encountered
785 /// in a function declaration parameter type specifier in order to invent a
786 /// corresponding template parameter in the enclosing abbreviated function
787 /// template. This information is also present in LambdaScopeInfo, stored in
788 /// the FunctionScopes stack.
789 SmallVector<InventedTemplateParameterInfo, 4> InventedParameterInfos;
790
791 /// The index of the first InventedParameterInfo that refers to the current
792 /// context.
793 unsigned InventedParameterInfosStart = 0;
794
795 ArrayRef<InventedTemplateParameterInfo> getInventedParameterInfos() const {
796 return llvm::makeArrayRef(InventedParameterInfos.begin() +
797 InventedParameterInfosStart,
798 InventedParameterInfos.end());
799 }
800
801 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
802 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
803 ExtVectorDeclsType;
804
805 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
806 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
807 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
808 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
809
810 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
811 std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
812
813 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<NamedDecl *, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
814
815 /// Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
816 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
817
818 /// Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
819 llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
820 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
821
822 /// Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit
823 ///
824 /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions
825 /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression
826 /// used in initializer of the field.
827 typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc;
828 typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs;
829 llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs;
830
831 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
832
833 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
834 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
835 /// same list more than once.
836 std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
837
838 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
839 /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
840 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
841
842 /// Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
843 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
844
845 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
846 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
847 TentativeDefinitionsType;
848
849 /// All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
850 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
851
852 /// All the external declarations encoutered and used in the TU.
853 SmallVector<VarDecl *, 4> ExternalDeclarations;
854
855 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
856 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
857 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
858
859 /// The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
860 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
861 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
862
863 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
864 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
865 DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
866
867 /// All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
868 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
869 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
870
871 /// All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
872 /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
873 /// function.
874 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
875 DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks;
876
877 /// All the function redeclarations seen during a class definition that had
878 /// their exception spec checks delayed, plus the prior declaration they
879 /// should be checked against. Except during error recovery, the new decl
880 /// should always be a friend declaration, as that's the only valid way to
881 /// redeclare a special member before its class is complete.
882 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl*>, 2>
883 DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks;
884
885 typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *,
886 std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>>
887 LateParsedTemplateMapT;
888 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
889
890 /// Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
891 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
892 typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
893 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
894 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
895 void *OpaqueParser;
896
897 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
898 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
899 void *P) {
900 LateTemplateParser = LTP;
901 LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
902 OpaqueParser = P;
903 }
904
905 class DelayedDiagnostics;
906
907 class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
908 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
909 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
910 };
911 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
912 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
913
914 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
915 /// during parsing and other processing.
916 class DelayedDiagnostics {
917 /// The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
918 /// diagnostics should go.
919 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
920
921 public:
922 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
923
924 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
925 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
926
927 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
928 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
929
930 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
931 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
932 return CurPool;
933 }
934
935 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
936 /// collected in this pool.
937 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
938 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
939 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
940 CurPool = &pool;
941 return state;
942 }
943
944 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
945 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part
946 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
947 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
948 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
949 }
950
951 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
952 /// not delayed.
953 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
954 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
955 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
956 CurPool = nullptr;
957 return state;
958 }
959
960 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
961 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
962 assert(CurPool == nullptr);
963 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
964 }
965 } DelayedDiagnostics;
966
967 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
968 class ContextRAII {
969 private:
970 Sema &S;
971 DeclContext *SavedContext;
972 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
973 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
974 unsigned SavedFunctionScopesStart;
975 unsigned SavedInventedParameterInfosStart;
976
977 public:
978 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
979 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
980 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
981 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride),
982 SavedFunctionScopesStart(S.FunctionScopesStart),
983 SavedInventedParameterInfosStart(S.InventedParameterInfosStart)
984 {
985 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
986 S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
987 if (NewThisContext)
988 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
989 // Any saved FunctionScopes do not refer to this context.
990 S.FunctionScopesStart = S.FunctionScopes.size();
991 S.InventedParameterInfosStart = S.InventedParameterInfos.size();
992 }
993
994 void pop() {
995 if (!SavedContext) return;
996 S.CurContext = SavedContext;
997 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
998 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
999 S.FunctionScopesStart = SavedFunctionScopesStart;
1000 S.InventedParameterInfosStart = SavedInventedParameterInfosStart;
1001 SavedContext = nullptr;
1002 }
1003
1004 ~ContextRAII() {
1005 pop();
1006 }
1007 };
1008
1009 /// Whether the AST is currently being rebuilt to correct immediate
1010 /// invocations. Immediate invocation candidates and references to consteval
1011 /// functions aren't tracked when this is set.
1012 bool RebuildingImmediateInvocation = false;
1013
1014 /// Used to change context to isConstantEvaluated without pushing a heavy
1015 /// ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord object.
1016 bool isConstantEvaluatedOverride;
1017
1018 bool isConstantEvaluated() {
1019 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isConstantEvaluated() ||
1020 isConstantEvaluatedOverride;
1021 }
1022
1023 /// RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
1024 /// a function body.
1025 class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
1026 Sema &S;
1027 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
1028 bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false;
1029
1030 public:
1031 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
1032 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) {
1033 S.PushFunctionScope();
1034 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
1035 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
1036 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
1037 FD->setWillHaveBody(true);
1038 else
1039 assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC));
1040 }
1041
1042 void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) {
1043 assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext);
1044
1045 Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx;
1046 Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction;
1047 Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc;
1048 Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext);
1049 S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx);
1050
1051 PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true;
1052 }
1053
1054 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
1055 if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext)
1056 S.popCodeSynthesisContext();
1057 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
1058 FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
1059 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
1060 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
1061 }
1062 };
1063
1064 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
1065 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
1066 /// identifier, declared or undeclared
1067 llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
1068
1069 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
1070 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers
1071 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
1072 /// in the currently selected standard.
1073 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
1074
1075
1076 /// Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
1077 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
1078
1079 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
1080 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
1081 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
1082 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
1083 /// It would be best to refactor this.
1084 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
1085
1086 IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
1087
1088 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
1089 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
1090 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
1091 Scope *TUScope;
1092
1093 /// The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
1094 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
1095
1096 /// The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
1097 /// standard library.
1098 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
1099
1100 /// The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++
1101 /// standard library.
1102 LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT;
1103
1104 /// The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts
1105 /// of the standard library resides.
1106 NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache;
1107
1108 /// The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
1109 /// \<initializer_list>.
1110 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
1111
1112 /// The C++ "std::coroutine_traits" template, which is defined in
1113 /// \<coroutine_traits>
1114 ClassTemplateDecl *StdCoroutineTraitsCache;
1115
1116 /// The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
1117 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
1118
1119 /// The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
1120 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
1121
1122 /// Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
1123 std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
1124
1125 /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
1126 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
1127
1128 /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class.
1129 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl;
1130
1131 /// Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
1132 QualType NSNumberPointer;
1133
1134 /// Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *).
1135 QualType NSValuePointer;
1136
1137 /// The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
1138 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
1139
1140 /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
1141 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
1142
1143 /// Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
1144 QualType NSStringPointer;
1145
1146 /// The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
1147 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
1148
1149 /// The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method.
1150 ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod;
1151
1152 /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
1153 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
1154
1155 /// The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
1156 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
1157
1158 /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
1159 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
1160
1161 /// The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
1162 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
1163
1164 /// id<NSCopying> type.
1165 QualType QIDNSCopying;
1166
1167 /// will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
1168 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
1169
1170 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
1171 /// have been declared.
1172 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
1173
1174 /// Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
1175 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
1176 enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext {
1177 /// The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
1178 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
1179 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
1180 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
1181 /// run time.
1182 Unevaluated,
1183
1184 /// The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within
1185 /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated
1186 /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are
1187 /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly.
1188 UnevaluatedList,
1189
1190 /// The current expression occurs within a discarded statement.
1191 /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing
1192 /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways.
1193 DiscardedStatement,
1194
1195 /// The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
1196 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
1197 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
1198 UnevaluatedAbstract,
1199
1200 /// The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
1201 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
1202 /// cases in a switch statement).
1203 ConstantEvaluated,
1204
1205 /// The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
1206 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
1207 /// expression at run time.
1208 PotentiallyEvaluated,
1209
1210 /// The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
1211 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
1212 /// in fact the current expression is used.
1213 ///
1214 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
1215 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
1216 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
1217 /// until the default argument is used.
1218 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
1219 };
1220
1221 using ImmediateInvocationCandidate = llvm::PointerIntPair<ConstantExpr *, 1>;
1222
1223 /// Data structure used to record current or nested
1224 /// expression evaluation contexts.
1225 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
1226 /// The expression evaluation context.
1227 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
1228
1229 /// Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
1230 CleanupInfo ParentCleanup;
1231
1232 /// The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
1233 /// this expression evaluation context.
1234 unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
1235
1236 /// The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
1237 /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
1238 unsigned NumTypos;
1239
1240 MaybeODRUseExprSet SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
1241
1242 /// The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
1243 /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
1244 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
1245
1246 /// The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
1247 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
1248 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
1249 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
1250
1251 /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
1252 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
1253 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
1254
1255 /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
1256 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
1257 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
1258
1259 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Expr *, 8> PossibleDerefs;
1260
1261 /// Expressions appearing as the LHS of a volatile assignment in this
1262 /// context. We produce a warning for these when popping the context if
1263 /// they are not discarded-value expressions nor unevaluated operands.
1264 SmallVector<Expr*, 2> VolatileAssignmentLHSs;
1265
1266 /// Set of candidates for starting an immediate invocation.
1267 llvm::SmallVector<ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> ImmediateInvocationCandidates;
1268
1269 /// Set of DeclRefExprs referencing a consteval function when used in a
1270 /// context not already known to be immediately invoked.
1271 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclRefExpr *, 4> ReferenceToConsteval;
1272
1273 /// \brief Describes whether we are in an expression constext which we have
1274 /// to handle differently.
1275 enum ExpressionKind {
1276 EK_Decltype, EK_TemplateArgument, EK_Other
1277 } ExprContext;
1278
1279 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
1280 unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
1281 CleanupInfo ParentCleanup,
1282 Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
1283 ExpressionKind ExprContext)
1284 : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup),
1285 NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), NumTypos(0),
1286 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), ExprContext(ExprContext) {}
1287
1288 bool isUnevaluated() const {
1289 return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated ||
1290 Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract ||
1291 Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList;
1292 }
1293 bool isConstantEvaluated() const {
1294 return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated;
1295 }
1296 };
1297
1298 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
1299 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
1300
1301 /// Emit a warning for all pending noderef expressions that we recorded.
1302 void WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec);
1303
1304 /// Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
1305 /// block literal. Also return the extra mangling decl if any.
1306 ///
1307 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
1308 /// block literal.
1309 std::tuple<MangleNumberingContext *, Decl *>
1310 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC);
1311
1312
1313 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
1314 /// function.
1315 ///
1316 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
1317 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
1318 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult {
1319 public:
1320 enum Kind {
1321 NoMemberOrDeleted,
1322 Ambiguous,
1323 Success
1324 };
1325
1326 private:
1327 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
1328
1329 public:
1330 SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {}
1331 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD)
1332 : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {}
1333
1334 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
1335 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
1336
1337 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
1338 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
1339 };
1340
1341 class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry
1342 : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode,
1343 public SpecialMemberOverloadResult {
1344 public:
1345 SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
1346 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
1347 {}
1348 };
1349
1350 /// A cache of special member function overload resolution results
1351 /// for C++ records.
1352 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache;
1353
1354 /// A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits
1355 /// attribute.
1356 mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache;
1357
1358 /// The kind of translation unit we are processing.
1359 ///
1360 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
1361 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
1362 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
1363 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
1364 /// checks.
1365 TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
1366
1367 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
1368
1369 /// The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
1370 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
1371
1372 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
1373 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
1374
1375 /// A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
1376 /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
1377 ///
1378 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
1379 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
1380 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
1381 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
1382 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
1383
1384 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
1385 // argument locations.
1386 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
1387
1388 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
1389 /// definition in this translation unit.
1390 llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
1391
1392 /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external
1393 /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation
1394 /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C".
1395 bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD);
1396
1397 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
1398 void getUndefinedButUsed(
1399 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
1400
1401 /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at
1402 /// the end of translation unit.
1403 const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> &
1404 getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const;
1405
1406 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
1407 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
1408
1409 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
1410 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
1411 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
1412 /// of selectors are "overloaded").
1413 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
1414 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
1415 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
1416
1417 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
1418 /// of -Wselector.
1419 llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
1420
1421 /// List of SourceLocations where 'self' is implicitly retained inside a
1422 /// block.
1423 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *>, 1>
1424 ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs;
1425
1426 /// Kinds of C++ special members.
1427 enum CXXSpecialMember {
1428 CXXDefaultConstructor,
1429 CXXCopyConstructor,
1430 CXXMoveConstructor,
1431 CXXCopyAssignment,
1432 CXXMoveAssignment,
1433 CXXDestructor,
1434 CXXInvalid
1435 };
1436
1437 typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember>
1438 SpecialMemberDecl;
1439
1440 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
1441 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
1442 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
1443 llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
1444
1445 /// Kinds of defaulted comparison operator functions.
1446 enum class DefaultedComparisonKind : unsigned char {
1447 /// This is not a defaultable comparison operator.
1448 None,
1449 /// This is an operator== that should be implemented as a series of
1450 /// subobject comparisons.
1451 Equal,
1452 /// This is an operator<=> that should be implemented as a series of
1453 /// subobject comparisons.
1454 ThreeWay,
1455 /// This is an operator!= that should be implemented as a rewrite in terms
1456 /// of a == comparison.
1457 NotEqual,
1458 /// This is an <, <=, >, or >= that should be implemented as a rewrite in
1459 /// terms of a <=> comparison.
1460 Relational,
1461 };
1462
1463 /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction
1464 /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them
1465 /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a
1466 /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition.
1467 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions;
1468
1469 /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are
1470 /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty.
1471 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes;
1472
1473 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
1474 void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel);
1475
1476 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
1477 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
1478 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
1479
1480 /// Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
1481 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
1482 /// should not be used elsewhere.
1483 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
1484
1485 /// Records and restores the CurFPFeatures state on entry/exit of compound
1486 /// statements.
1487 class FPFeaturesStateRAII {
1488 public:
1489 FPFeaturesStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), OldFPFeaturesState(S.CurFPFeatures) {
1490 OldOverrides = S.FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue;
1491 }
1492 ~FPFeaturesStateRAII() {
1493 S.CurFPFeatures = OldFPFeaturesState;
1494 S.FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue = OldOverrides;
1495 }
1496 FPOptionsOverride getOverrides() { return OldOverrides; }
1497
1498 private:
1499 Sema& S;
1500 FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState;
1501 FPOptionsOverride OldOverrides;
1502 };
1503
1504 void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
1505
1506 bool WarnedStackExhausted = false;
1507
1508public:
1509 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
1510 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
1511 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
1512 ~Sema();
1513
1514 /// Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
1515 /// initialized but before it parses anything.
1516 void Initialize();
1517
1518 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
1519 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
1520 FPOptions &getCurFPFeatures() { return CurFPFeatures; }
1521
1522 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
1523 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
1524 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
1525 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
1526 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
1527 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
1528 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
1529
1530 ///Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
1531 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
1532 ///
1533 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
1534 ///
1535 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
1536
1537 void PrintStats() const;
1538
1539 /// Warn that the stack is nearly exhausted.
1540 void warnStackExhausted(SourceLocation Loc);
1541
1542 /// Run some code with "sufficient" stack space. (Currently, at least 256K is
1543 /// guaranteed). Produces a warning if we're low on stack space and allocates
1544 /// more in that case. Use this in code that may recurse deeply (for example,
1545 /// in template instantiation) to avoid stack overflow.
1546 void runWithSufficientStackSpace(SourceLocation Loc,
1547 llvm::function_ref<void()> Fn);
1548
1549 /// Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
1550 /// template instantiation stacks.
1551 ///
1552 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
1553 /// class that emits diagnostics. ImmediateDiagBuilder is
1554 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
1555 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
1556 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
1557 /// well.
1558 class ImmediateDiagBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
1559 Sema &SemaRef;
1560 unsigned DiagID;
1561
1562 public:
1563 ImmediateDiagBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1564 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) {}
1565 ImmediateDiagBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &&DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1566 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) {}
1567
1568 // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move
1569 // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not
1570 // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So
1571 // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the
1572 // source anyway, so the user-defined ~ImmediateDiagBuilder is a safe no-op
1573 // in that case anwyay.
1574 ImmediateDiagBuilder(const ImmediateDiagBuilder &) = default;
1575
1576 ~ImmediateDiagBuilder() {
1577 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
1578 if (!isActive()) return;
1579
1580 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First clear the diagnostic
1581 // builder itself so it won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1582 //
1583 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1584 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1585 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1586 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1587 // eliminate that code.
1588 Clear();
1589
1590 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1591 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1592 }
1593
1594 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1595 template <typename T>
1596 friend const ImmediateDiagBuilder &
1597 operator<<(const ImmediateDiagBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1598 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1599 BaseDiag << Value;
1600 return Diag;
1601 }
1602
1603 // It is necessary to limit this to rvalue reference to avoid calling this
1604 // function with a bitfield lvalue argument since non-const reference to
1605 // bitfield is not allowed.
1606 template <typename T, typename = typename std::enable_if<
1607 !std::is_lvalue_reference<T>::value>::type>
1608 const ImmediateDiagBuilder &operator<<(T &&V) const {
1609 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = *this;
1610 BaseDiag << std::move(V);
1611 return *this;
1612 }
1613 };
1614
1615 /// A generic diagnostic builder for errors which may or may not be deferred.
1616 ///
1617 /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch)
1618 /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are
1619 /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device
1620 /// function is never codegen'ed.
1621 ///
1622 /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we
1623 /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed.
1624 ///
1625 /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred
1626 /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to
1627 /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe
1628 /// deferred" diagnostics.
1629 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder {
1630 public:
1631 enum Kind {
1632 /// Emit no diagnostics.
1633 K_Nop,
1634 /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()).
1635 K_Immediate,
1636 /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also
1637 /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a
1638 /// priori known-emitted function.
1639 K_ImmediateWithCallStack,
1640 /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function
1641 /// it's attached to is codegen'ed. Also emit a call stack as with
1642 /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack.
1643 K_Deferred
1644 };
1645
1646 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID,
1647 FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S);
1648 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(SemaDiagnosticBuilder &&D);
1649 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) = default;
1650 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder();
1651
1652 bool isImmediate() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); }
1653
1654 /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if
1655 /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error.
1656 ///
1657 /// Example usage:
1658 ///
1659 /// if (SemaDiagnosticBuilder(...) << foo << bar)
1660 /// return ExprError();
1661 ///
1662 /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably
1663 /// want to use these instead of creating a SemaDiagnosticBuilder yourself.
1664 operator bool() const { return isImmediate(); }
1665
1666 template <typename T>
1667 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
1668 operator<<(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1669 if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue())
1670 *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value;
1671 else if (Diag.PartialDiagId.hasValue())
1672 Diag.S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Diag.Fn][*Diag.PartialDiagId].second
1673 << Value;
1674 return Diag;
1675 }
1676
1677 // It is necessary to limit this to rvalue reference to avoid calling this
1678 // function with a bitfield lvalue argument since non-const reference to
1679 // bitfield is not allowed.
1680 template <typename T, typename = typename std::enable_if<
1681 !std::is_lvalue_reference<T>::value>::type>
1682 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(T &&V) const {
1683 if (ImmediateDiag.hasValue())
1684 *ImmediateDiag << std::move(V);
1685 else if (PartialDiagId.hasValue())
1686 S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Fn][*PartialDiagId].second << std::move(V);
1687 return *this;
1688 }
1689
1690 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
1691 operator<<(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
1692 if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue())
1693 PD.Emit(*Diag.ImmediateDiag);
1694 else if (Diag.PartialDiagId.hasValue())
1695 Diag.S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Diag.Fn][*Diag.PartialDiagId].second = PD;
1696 return Diag;
1697 }
1698
1699 void AddFixItHint(const FixItHint &Hint) const {
1700 if (ImmediateDiag.hasValue())
1701 ImmediateDiag->AddFixItHint(Hint);
1702 else if (PartialDiagId.hasValue())
1703 S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Fn][*PartialDiagId].second.AddFixItHint(Hint);
1704 }
1705
1706 friend ExprResult ExprError(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) {
1707 return ExprError();
1708 }
1709 friend StmtResult StmtError(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) {
1710 return StmtError();
1711 }
1712 operator ExprResult() const { return ExprError(); }
1713 operator StmtResult() const { return StmtError(); }
1714 operator TypeResult() const { return TypeError(); }
1715 operator DeclResult() const { return DeclResult(true); }
1716 operator MemInitResult() const { return MemInitResult(true); }
1717
1718 private:
1719 Sema &S;
1720 SourceLocation Loc;
1721 unsigned DiagID;
1722 FunctionDecl *Fn;
1723 bool ShowCallStack;
1724
1725 // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value.
1726 // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists.
1727 llvm::Optional<ImmediateDiagBuilder> ImmediateDiag;
1728 llvm::Optional<unsigned> PartialDiagId;
1729 };
1730
1731 /// Is the last error level diagnostic immediate. This is used to determined
1732 /// whether the next info diagnostic should be immediate.
1733 bool IsLastErrorImmediate = true;
1734
1735 /// Emit a diagnostic.
1736 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID,
1737 bool DeferHint = false);
1738
1739 /// Emit a partial diagnostic.
1740 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
1741 bool DeferHint = false);
1742
1743 /// Build a partial diagnostic.
1744 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1745
1746 /// Whether uncompilable error has occurred. This includes error happens
1747 /// in deferred diagnostics.
1748 bool hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() const;
1749
1750 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1751
1752 /// Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1753 std::string
1754 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1755 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1756
1757 /// Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1758 SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1759
1760 /// Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1761 ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1762
1763 /// Invent a new identifier for parameters of abbreviated templates.
1764 IdentifierInfo *
1765 InventAbbreviatedTemplateParameterTypeName(IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
1766 unsigned Index);
1767
1768 void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1769
1770 private:
1771 /// Function or variable declarations to be checked for whether the deferred
1772 /// diagnostics should be emitted.
1773 SmallVector<Decl *, 4> DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags;
1774
1775 public:
1776 // Emit all deferred diagnostics.
1777 void emitDeferredDiags();
1778
1779 enum TUFragmentKind {
1780 /// The global module fragment, between 'module;' and a module-declaration.
1781 Global,
1782 /// A normal translation unit fragment. For a non-module unit, this is the
1783 /// entire translation unit. Otherwise, it runs from the module-declaration
1784 /// to the private-module-fragment (if any) or the end of the TU (if not).
1785 Normal,
1786 /// The private module fragment, between 'module :private;' and the end of
1787 /// the translation unit.
1788 Private
1789 };
1790
1791 void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit();
1792 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1793 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnitFragment(TUFragmentKind Kind);
1794
1795 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1796
1797 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1798
1799 void PushFunctionScope();
1800 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1801 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1802
1803 /// This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1804 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1805 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1806 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1807
1808 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1809 RecordDecl *RD, CapturedRegionKind K,
1810 unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0);
1811
1812 /// Custom deleter to allow FunctionScopeInfos to be kept alive for a short
1813 /// time after they've been popped.
1814 class PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter {
1815 Sema *Self;
1816
1817 public:
1818 explicit PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter(Sema *Self) : Self(Self) {}
1819 void operator()(sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) const;
1820 };
1821
1822 using PoppedFunctionScopePtr =
1823 std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo, PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter>;
1824
1825 PoppedFunctionScopePtr
1826 PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1827 const Decl *D = nullptr,
1828 QualType BlockType = QualType());
1829
1830 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1831 return FunctionScopes.empty() ? nullptr : FunctionScopes.back();
1832 }
1833
1834 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const;
1835
1836 void setFunctionHasBranchIntoScope();
1837 void setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
1838 void setFunctionHasIndirectGoto();
1839
1840 void PushCompoundScope(bool IsStmtExpr);
1841 void PopCompoundScope();
1842
1843 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1844
1845 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1846
1847 /// Retrieve the current block, if any.
1848 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1849
1850 /// Get the innermost lambda enclosing the current location, if any. This
1851 /// looks through intervening non-lambda scopes such as local functions and
1852 /// blocks.
1853 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getEnclosingLambda() const;
1854
1855 /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1856 /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most
1857 /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not
1858 /// lambda scopes.
1859 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *
1860 getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false);
1861
1862 /// Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1863 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1864
1865 /// Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1866 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1867
1868 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1869 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1870
1871 /// Called before parsing a function declarator belonging to a function
1872 /// declaration.
1873 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarationDeclarator(Declarator &D,
1874 unsigned TemplateParameterDepth);
1875
1876 /// Called after parsing a function declarator belonging to a function
1877 /// declaration.
1878 void ActOnFinishFunctionDeclarationDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1879
1880 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1881
1882 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1883 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1884 //
1885
1886 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1887 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1888 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1889 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1890 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1891 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1892 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1893 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1894 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1895 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1896 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1897 QualType BuildVectorType(QualType T, Expr *VecSize, SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1898 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1899 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1900 QualType BuildMatrixType(QualType T, Expr *NumRows, Expr *NumColumns,
1901 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1902
1903 QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, LangAS ASIdx, Expr *AddrSpace,
1904 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1905
1906 /// Same as above, but constructs the AddressSpace index if not provided.
1907 QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace,
1908 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1909
1910 bool CheckQualifiedFunctionForTypeId(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1911
1912 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1913
1914 /// Build a function type.
1915 ///
1916 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1917 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1918 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1919 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1920 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1921 ///
1922 /// \param T The return type of the function.
1923 ///
1924 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1925 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1926 /// function parameters.
1927 ///
1928 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1929 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1930 /// type that will have function type.
1931 ///
1932 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1933 /// type, if known.
1934 ///
1935 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1936 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1937 ///
1938 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1939 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1940 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1941 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1942 MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1943 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1944 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1945
1946 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1947 SourceLocation Loc,
1948 DeclarationName Entity);
1949 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1950 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1951 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1952 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1953 QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T,
1954 SourceLocation Loc);
1955 QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T,
1956 SourceLocation Loc);
1957 QualType BuildExtIntType(bool IsUnsigned, Expr *BitWidth, SourceLocation Loc);
1958
1959 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1960 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1961
1962 /// Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1963 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1964 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1965 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1966 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1967 TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1968 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Stmt *E);
1969 /// Determine whether the callee of a particular function call can throw.
1970 /// E, D and Loc are all optional.
1971 static CanThrowResult canCalleeThrow(Sema &S, const Expr *E, const Decl *D,
1972 SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
1973 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1974 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1975 void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1976 const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
1977 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range);
1978 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1979 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1980 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1981 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1982 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1983 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1984 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1985 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1986 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1987 bool handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType);
1988 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID,
1989 const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
1990 const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
1991 const PartialDiagnostic &NoThrowDiagID,
1992 const FunctionProtoType *Superset,
1993 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1994 const FunctionProtoType *Subset,
1995 SourceLocation SubLoc);
1996 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
1997 const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
1998 const FunctionProtoType *Target,
1999 SourceLocation TargetLoc,
2000 const FunctionProtoType *Source,
2001 SourceLocation SourceLoc);
2002
2003 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2004
2005 /// The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
2006 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
2007 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
2008
2009 /// Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
2010 struct TypeDiagnoser {
2011 TypeDiagnoser() {}
2012
2013 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2014 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
2015 };
2016
2017 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
2018 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
2019 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
2020 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
2021 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
2022 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
2023 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
2024 return II;
2025 }
2026 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
2027 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
2028 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
2029 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
2030 static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
2031 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
2032
2033 template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
2034 protected:
2035 unsigned DiagID;
2036 std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
2037
2038 template <std::size_t... Is>
2039 void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
2040 std::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
2041 // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
2042 bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
2043 (void)Dummy;
2044 }
2045
2046 public:
2047 BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
2048 : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {
2049 assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser");
2050 }
2051
2052 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2053 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
2054 emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
2055 DB << T;
2056 }
2057 };
2058
2059 /// Do a check to make sure \p Name looks like a legal argument for the
2060 /// swift_name attribute applied to decl \p D. Raise a diagnostic if the name
2061 /// is invalid for the given declaration.
2062 ///
2063 /// \p AL is used to provide caret diagnostics in case of a malformed name.
2064 ///
2065 /// \returns true if the name is a valid swift name for \p D, false otherwise.
2066 bool DiagnoseSwiftName(Decl *D, StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2067 const ParsedAttr &AL, bool IsAsync);
2068
2069 /// A derivative of BoundTypeDiagnoser for which the diagnostic's type
2070 /// parameter is preceded by a 0/1 enum that is 1 if the type is sizeless.
2071 /// For example, a diagnostic with no other parameters would generally have
2072 /// the form "...%select{incomplete|sizeless}0 type %1...".
2073 template <typename... Ts>
2074 class SizelessTypeDiagnoser : public BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> {
2075 public:
2076 SizelessTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &... Args)
2077 : BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...>(DiagID, Args...) {}
2078
2079 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2080 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, this->DiagID);
2081 this->emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
2082 DB << T->isSizelessType() << T;
2083 }
2084 };
2085
2086 enum class CompleteTypeKind {
2087 /// Apply the normal rules for complete types. In particular,
2088 /// treat all sizeless types as incomplete.
2089 Normal,
2090
2091 /// Relax the normal rules for complete types so that they include
2092 /// sizeless built-in types.
2093 AcceptSizeless,
2094
2095 // FIXME: Eventually we should flip the default to Normal and opt in
2096 // to AcceptSizeless rather than opt out of it.
2097 Default = AcceptSizeless
2098 };
2099
2100private:
2101 /// Methods for marking which expressions involve dereferencing a pointer
2102 /// marked with the 'noderef' attribute. Expressions are checked bottom up as
2103 /// they are parsed, meaning that a noderef pointer may not be accessed. For
2104 /// example, in `&*p` where `p` is a noderef pointer, we will first parse the
2105 /// `*p`, but need to check that `address of` is called on it. This requires
2106 /// keeping a container of all pending expressions and checking if the address
2107 /// of them are eventually taken.
2108 void CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E);
2109 void CheckAddressOfNoDeref(const Expr *E);
2110 void CheckMemberAccessOfNoDeref(const MemberExpr *E);
2111
2112 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
2113 CompleteTypeKind Kind, TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser);
2114
2115 struct ModuleScope {
2116 SourceLocation BeginLoc;
2117 clang::Module *Module = nullptr;
2118 bool ModuleInterface = false;
2119 bool ImplicitGlobalModuleFragment = false;
2120 VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules;
2121 };
2122 /// The modules we're currently parsing.
2123 llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes;
2124
2125 /// Namespace definitions that we will export when they finish.
2126 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamespaceDecl*, 8> DeferredExportedNamespaces;
2127
2128 /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within.
2129 Module *getCurrentModule() const {
2130 return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module;
2131 }
2132
2133 VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules;
2134
2135public:
2136 /// Get the module owning an entity.
2137 Module *getOwningModule(const Decl *Entity) {
2138 return Entity->getOwningModule();
2139 }
2140
2141 /// Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND
2142 /// visible at the specified location.
2143 void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND);
2144
2145 bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M, bool ModulePrivate = false);
2146
2147 // When loading a non-modular PCH files, this is used to restore module
2148 // visibility.
2149 void makeModuleVisible(Module *Mod, SourceLocation ImportLoc) {
2150 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
2151 }
2152
2153 /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
2154 bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) {
2155 return D->isUnconditionallyVisible() || isVisibleSlow(D);
2156 }
2157
2158 /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible.
2159 bool
2160 hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D,
2161 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) {
2162 return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules);
2163 }
2164 bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
2165 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules);
2166
2167 bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def);
2168 bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def);
2169
2170 /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible
2171 /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1.
2172 bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested);
2173
2174 /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
2175 /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
2176 bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
2177 bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
2178 bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
2179 NamedDecl *Hidden;
2180 return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
2181 }
2182
2183 /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument.
2184 bool
2185 hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
2186 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
2187
2188 /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit
2189 /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a
2190 /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.)
2191 bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization(
2192 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
2193
2194 /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member
2195 /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration).
2196 bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
2197 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
2198
2199 /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations
2200 /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to
2201 /// an extension warning.
2202 bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A,
2203 const NamedDecl *B);
2204 void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
2205 SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D,
2206 ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv);
2207
2208 bool isUsualDeallocationFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *FD);
2209
2210 bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
2211 CompleteTypeKind Kind = CompleteTypeKind::Default) {
2212 return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, Kind, nullptr);
2213 }
2214 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
2215 CompleteTypeKind Kind, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
2216 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
2217 CompleteTypeKind Kind, unsigned DiagID);
2218
2219 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
2220 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser) {
2221 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser);
2222 }
2223 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID) {
2224 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Default, DiagID);
2225 }
2226
2227 template <typename... Ts>
2228 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
2229 const Ts &...Args) {
2230 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
2231 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
2232 }
2233
2234 template <typename... Ts>
2235 bool RequireCompleteSizedType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
2236 const Ts &... Args) {
2237 SizelessTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
2238 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Normal, Diagnoser);
2239 }
2240
2241 /// Get the type of expression E, triggering instantiation to complete the
2242 /// type if necessary -- that is, if the expression refers to a templated
2243 /// static data member of incomplete array type.
2244 ///
2245 /// May still return an incomplete type if instantiation was not possible or
2246 /// if the type is incomplete for a different reason. Use
2247 /// RequireCompleteExprType instead if a diagnostic is expected for an
2248 /// incomplete expression type.
2249 QualType getCompletedType(Expr *E);
2250
2251 void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E);
2252 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, CompleteTypeKind Kind,
2253 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
2254 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
2255
2256 template <typename... Ts>
2257 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
2258 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
2259 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser);
2260 }
2261
2262 template <typename... Ts>
2263 bool RequireCompleteSizedExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID,
2264 const Ts &... Args) {
2265 SizelessTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
2266 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Normal, Diagnoser);
2267 }
2268
2269 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
2270 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
2271 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
2272
2273 template <typename... Ts>
2274 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
2275 const Ts &...Args) {
2276 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
2277 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
2278 }
2279
2280 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2281 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T,
2282 TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl = nullptr);
2283
2284 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
2285 /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
2286 /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
2287 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
2288 bool AsUnevaluated = true);
2289 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
2290 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
2291 SourceLocation Loc);
2292
2293 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2294 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
2295 //
2296
2297 struct SkipBodyInfo {
2298 SkipBodyInfo()
2299 : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr),
2300 New(nullptr) {}
2301 bool ShouldSkip;
2302 bool CheckSameAsPrevious;
2303 NamedDecl *Previous;
2304 NamedDecl *New;
2305 };
2306
2307 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
2308
2309 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
2310
2311 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
2312
2313 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2314 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
2315 bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false,
2316 ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr,
2317 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
2318 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
2319 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true,
2320 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
2321 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
2322 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
2323 void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
2324 SourceLocation IILoc,
2325 Scope *S,
2326 CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2327 ParsedType &SuggestedType,
2328 bool IsTemplateName = false);
2329
2330 /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified
2331 /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we
2332 /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related
2333 /// scope during instantiation.
2334 ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
2335 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2336 bool IsTemplateTypeArg);
2337
2338 /// Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
2339 /// by \c ClassifyName().
2340 enum NameClassificationKind {
2341 /// This name is not a type or template in this context, but might be
2342 /// something else.
2343 NC_Unknown,
2344 /// Classification failed; an error has been produced.
2345 NC_Error,
2346 /// The name has been typo-corrected to a keyword.
2347 NC_Keyword,
2348 /// The name was classified as a type.
2349 NC_Type,
2350 /// The name was classified as a specific non-type, non-template
2351 /// declaration. ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType should be called to
2352 /// convert the declaration to an expression.
2353 NC_NonType,
2354 /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function name.
2355 /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType should be called to convert the
2356 /// result to an expression.
2357 NC_UndeclaredNonType,
2358 /// The name denotes a member of a dependent type that could not be
2359 /// resolved. ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType should be called to
2360 /// convert the result to an expression.
2361 NC_DependentNonType,
2362 /// The name was classified as an overload set, and an expression
2363 /// representing that overload set has been formed.
2364 /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet should be called to form a suitable
2365 /// expression referencing the overload set.
2366 NC_OverloadSet,
2367 /// The name was classified as a template whose specializations are types.
2368 NC_TypeTemplate,
2369 /// The name was classified as a variable template name.
2370 NC_VarTemplate,
2371 /// The name was classified as a function template name.
2372 NC_FunctionTemplate,
2373 /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function template name.
2374 NC_UndeclaredTemplate,
2375 /// The name was classified as a concept name.
2376 NC_Concept,
2377 };
2378
2379 class NameClassification {
2380 NameClassificationKind Kind;
2381 union {
2382 ExprResult Expr;
2383 NamedDecl *NonTypeDecl;
2384 TemplateName Template;
2385 ParsedType Type;
2386 };
2387
2388 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
2389
2390 public:
2391 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
2392
2393 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {}
2394
2395 static NameClassification Error() {
2396 return NameClassification(NC_Error);
2397 }
2398
2399 static NameClassification Unknown() {
2400 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
2401 }
2402
2403 static NameClassification OverloadSet(ExprResult E) {
2404 NameClassification Result(NC_OverloadSet);
2405 Result.Expr = E;
2406 return Result;
2407 }
2408
2409 static NameClassification NonType(NamedDecl *D) {
2410 NameClassification Result(NC_NonType);
2411 Result.NonTypeDecl = D;
2412 return Result;
2413 }
2414
2415 static NameClassification UndeclaredNonType() {
2416 return NameClassification(NC_UndeclaredNonType);
2417 }
2418
2419 static NameClassification DependentNonType() {
2420 return NameClassification(NC_DependentNonType);
2421 }
2422
2423 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2424 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
2425 Result.Template = Name;
2426 return Result;
2427 }
2428
2429 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2430 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
2431 Result.Template = Name;
2432 return Result;
2433 }
2434
2435 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2436 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
2437 Result.Template = Name;
2438 return Result;
2439 }
2440
2441 static NameClassification Concept(TemplateName Name) {
2442 NameClassification Result(NC_Concept);
2443 Result.Template = Name;
2444 return Result;
2445 }
2446
2447 static NameClassification UndeclaredTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2448 NameClassification Result(NC_UndeclaredTemplate);
2449 Result.Template = Name;
2450 return Result;
2451 }
2452
2453 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
2454
2455 ExprResult getExpression() const {
2456 assert(Kind == NC_OverloadSet);
2457 return Expr;
2458 }
2459
2460 ParsedType getType() const {
2461 assert(Kind == NC_Type);
2462 return Type;
2463 }
2464
2465 NamedDecl *getNonTypeDecl() const {
2466 assert(Kind == NC_NonType);
2467 return NonTypeDecl;
2468 }
2469
2470 TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
2471 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
2472 Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept ||
2473 Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate);
2474 return Template;
2475 }
2476
2477 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
2478 switch (Kind) {
2479 case NC_TypeTemplate:
2480 return TNK_Type_template;
2481 case NC_FunctionTemplate:
2482 return TNK_Function_template;
2483 case NC_VarTemplate:
2484 return TNK_Var_template;
2485 case NC_Concept:
2486 return TNK_Concept_template;
2487 case NC_UndeclaredTemplate:
2488 return TNK_Undeclared_template;
2489 default:
2490 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
2491 }
2492 }
2493 };
2494
2495 /// Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
2496 /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
2497 ///
2498 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
2499 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
2500 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
2501 ///
2502 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
2503 ///
2504 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
2505 ///
2506 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
2507 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
2508 ///
2509 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
2510 ///
2511 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
2512 /// disambiguate the name.
2513 ///
2514 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
2515 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2516 IdentifierInfo *&Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2517 const Token &NextToken,
2518 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr);
2519
2520 /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared (ADL-only)
2521 /// non-type declaration.
2522 ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name,
2523 SourceLocation NameLoc);
2524 /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared member of a
2525 /// dependent base class.
2526 ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2527 IdentifierInfo *Name,
2528 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2529 bool IsAddressOfOperand);
2530 /// Act on the result of classifying a name as a specific non-type
2531 /// declaration.
2532 ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2533 NamedDecl *Found,
2534 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2535 const Token &NextToken);
2536 /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an overload set.
2537 ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *OverloadSet);
2538
2539 /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics.
2540 enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics {
2541 ClassTemplate,
2542 FunctionTemplate,
2543 VarTemplate,
2544 AliasTemplate,
2545 TemplateTemplateParam,
2546 Concept,
2547 DependentTemplate
2548 };
2549 TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
2550 getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name);
2551
2552 /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a
2553 /// template-name.
2554 bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E, bool &Dependent) {
2555 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid())
2556 return false;
2557 Dependent = false;
2558 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get()))
2559 return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
2560 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get()))
2561 return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
2562 Dependent = true;
2563 if (auto *DSDRE = dyn_cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(E.get()))
2564 return !DSDRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
2565 if (auto *DSME = dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(E.get()))
2566 return !DSME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
2567 // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by
2568 // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName.
2569 return false;
2570 }
2571 void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName,
2572 SourceLocation Less,
2573 SourceLocation Greater);
2574
2575 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2576
2577 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
2578 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
2579 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
2580 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
2581 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
2582 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2583 bool IsTemplateId);
2584 void
2585 diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
2586 SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
2587 SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
2588 SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
2589 SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
2590 SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
2591 SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation());
2592
2593 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
2594 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
2595 NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
2596 const LookupResult &R);
2597 NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R);
2598 void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
2599 const LookupResult &R);
2600 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
2601
2602 /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
2603 /// to a shadowing declaration.
2604 void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
2605
2606 void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
2607
2608private:
2609 /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if
2610 /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration.
2611 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls;
2612
2613public:
2614 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
2615 void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
2616 void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
2617 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
2618 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
2619 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
2620 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2621 LookupResult &Previous);
2622 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
2623 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
2624 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
2625 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2626 LookupResult &Previous,
2627 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
2628 bool &AddToScope,
2629 ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None);
2630 NamedDecl *
2631 ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
2632 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
2633 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
2634 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
2635 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
2636 bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
2637 Expr *Init);
2638 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD);
2639 void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD);
2640 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
2641
2642 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
2643 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2644 LookupResult &Previous,
2645 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
2646 bool &AddToScope);
2647 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
2648
2649 enum class CheckConstexprKind {
2650 /// Diagnose issues that are non-constant or that are extensions.
2651 Diagnose,
2652 /// Identify whether this function satisfies the formal rules for constexpr
2653 /// functions in the current lanugage mode (with no extensions).
2654 CheckValid
2655 };
2656
2657 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2658 CheckConstexprKind Kind);
2659
2660 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
2661 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
2662 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
2663 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
2664 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
2665 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
2666 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
2667 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
2668 bool IsMemberSpecialization);
2669 bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl);
2670 bool canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD,
2671 QualType NewT, QualType OldT);
2672 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
2673 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
2674 Attr *getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2675 bool IsDefinition);
2676 void CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2677 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2678 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
2679 SourceLocation Loc,
2680 QualType T);
2681 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
2682 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
2683 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
2684 StorageClass SC);
2685 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
2686 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2687 Expr *defarg);
2688 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2689 SourceLocation ArgLoc);
2690 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
2691 ExprResult ConvertParamDefaultArgument(const ParmVarDecl *Param,
2692 Expr *DefaultArg,
2693 SourceLocation EqualLoc);
2694 void SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
2695 SourceLocation EqualLoc);
2696
2697 // Contexts where using non-trivial C union types can be disallowed. This is
2698 // passed to err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context.
2699 enum NonTrivialCUnionContext {
2700 // Function parameter.
2701 NTCUC_FunctionParam,
2702 // Function return.
2703 NTCUC_FunctionReturn,
2704 // Default-initialized object.
2705 NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject,
2706 // Variable with automatic storage duration.
2707 NTCUC_AutoVar,
2708 // Initializer expression that might copy from another object.
2709 NTCUC_CopyInit,
2710 // Assignment.
2711 NTCUC_Assignment,
2712 // Compound literal.
2713 NTCUC_CompoundLiteral,
2714 // Block capture.
2715 NTCUC_BlockCapture,
2716 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion of volatile type.
2717 NTCUC_LValueToRValueVolatile,
2718 };
2719
2720 /// Emit diagnostics if the initializer or any of its explicit or
2721 /// implicitly-generated subexpressions require copying or
2722 /// default-initializing a type that is or contains a C union type that is
2723 /// non-trivial to copy or default-initialize.
2724 void checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init, SourceLocation Loc);
2725
2726 // These flags are passed to checkNonTrivialCUnion.
2727 enum NonTrivialCUnionKind {
2728 NTCUK_Init = 0x1,
2729 NTCUK_Destruct = 0x2,
2730 NTCUK_Copy = 0x4,
2731 };
2732
2733 /// Emit diagnostics if a non-trivial C union type or a struct that contains
2734 /// a non-trivial C union is used in an invalid context.
2735 void checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc,
2736 NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
2737 unsigned NonTrivialKind);
2738
2739 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit);
2740 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl);
2741 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
2742
2743 void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc);
2744 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
2745 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2746 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2747 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
2748 SourceLocation AttrEnd);
2749 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
2750 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
2751 void CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD);
2752 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
2753 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
2754 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
2755 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
2756
2757 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
2758 /// documentation comments.
2759 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
2760 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
2761
2762 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
2763 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
2764 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(
2765 FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr,
2766 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2767 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
2768 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
2769 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2770 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D,
2771 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2772 void ActOnStartTrailingRequiresClause(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2773 ExprResult ActOnFinishTrailingRequiresClause(ExprResult ConstraintExpr);
2774 ExprResult ActOnRequiresClause(ExprResult ConstraintExpr);
2775 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2776 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
2777 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
2778 }
2779
2780 /// Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
2781 /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
2782 /// code for that function.
2783 ///
2784 /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
2785 /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
2786 /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
2787 /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
2788 bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
2789
2790 /// Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
2791 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
2792 /// code for that function.
2793 ///
2794 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
2795 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
2796 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
2797 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
2798
2799 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
2800 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
2801 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
2802 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
2803 void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D);
2804
2805 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
2806 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
2807 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
2808
2809 /// Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
2810 /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
2811 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters);
2812
2813 /// Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
2814 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
2815 /// specified threshold.
2816 void
2817 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
2818 QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D);
2819
2820 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
2821 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
2822 SourceLocation AsmLoc,
2823 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2824
2825 /// Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
2826 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
2827 SourceLocation SemiLoc);
2828
2829 enum class ModuleDeclKind {
2830 Interface, ///< 'export module X;'
2831 Implementation, ///< 'module X;'
2832 };
2833
2834 /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition
2835 /// of a module interface or implementation.
2836 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2837 SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK,
2838 ModuleIdPath Path, bool IsFirstDecl);
2839
2840 /// The parser has processed a global-module-fragment declaration that begins
2841 /// the definition of the global module fragment of the current module unit.
2842 /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword.
2843 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnGlobalModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc);
2844
2845 /// The parser has processed a private-module-fragment declaration that begins
2846 /// the definition of the private module fragment of the current module unit.
2847 /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword.
2848 /// \param PrivateLoc The location of the 'private' keyword.
2849 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnPrivateModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc,
2850 SourceLocation PrivateLoc);
2851
2852 /// The parser has processed a module import declaration.
2853 ///
2854 /// \param StartLoc The location of the first token in the declaration. This
2855 /// could be the location of an '@', 'export', or 'import'.
2856 /// \param ExportLoc The location of the 'export' keyword, if any.
2857 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
2858 /// \param Path The module access path.
2859 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2860 SourceLocation ExportLoc,
2861 SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
2862 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2863 SourceLocation ExportLoc,
2864 SourceLocation ImportLoc, Module *M,
2865 ModuleIdPath Path = {});
2866
2867 /// The parser has processed a module import translated from a
2868 /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
2869 void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2870 void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2871
2872 /// The parsed has entered a submodule.
2873 void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2874 /// The parser has left a submodule.
2875 void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
2876
2877 /// Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
2878 /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
2879 ///
2880 /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
2881 /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
2882 /// has forgotten to import.
2883 void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
2884 Module *Mod);
2885
2886 /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond
2887 /// to %select values in diagnostics.
2888 enum class MissingImportKind {
2889 Declaration,
2890 Definition,
2891 DefaultArgument,
2892 ExplicitSpecialization,
2893 PartialSpecialization
2894 };
2895
2896 /// Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but
2897 /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem.
2898 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
2899 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true);
2900 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
2901 SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
2902 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover);
2903
2904 Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
2905 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
2906 Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl,
2907 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
2908
2909 /// We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an
2910 /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations
2911 /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not.
2912 void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec);
2913
2914 /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics.
2915 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
2916 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
2917 }
2918
2919 /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics.
2920 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
2921 const Preprocessor &PP);
2922
2923 /// Scope actions.
2924 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
2925 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
2926
2927 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
2928 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
2929 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
2930 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
2931 bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
2932 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
2933
2934 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2935 AccessSpecifier AS,
2936 RecordDecl *Record,
2937 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
2938
2939 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2940 RecordDecl *Record);
2941
2942 /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics.
2943 /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag.
2944 enum NonTagKind {
2945 NTK_NonStruct,
2946 NTK_NonClass,
2947 NTK_NonUnion,
2948 NTK_NonEnum,
2949 NTK_Typedef,
2950 NTK_TypeAlias,
2951 NTK_Template,
2952 NTK_TypeAliasTemplate,
2953 NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument,
2954 };
2955
2956 /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating
2957 /// what kind of non-tag type this is.
2958 NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK);
2959
2960 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
2961 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
2962 SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
2963 const IdentifierInfo *Name);
2964
2965 enum TagUseKind {
2966 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;'
2967 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;'
2968 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
2969 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;'
2970 };
2971
2972 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
2973 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name,
2974 SourceLocation NameLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr,
2975 AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
2976 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl,
2977 bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
2978 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
2979 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
2980 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2981
2982 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
2983 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
2984 CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name,
2985 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2986 const ParsedAttributesView &Attr,
2987 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
2988
2989 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
2990 unsigned TagSpec,
2991 TagUseKind TUK,
2992 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2993 IdentifierInfo *Name,
2994 SourceLocation TagLoc,
2995 SourceLocation NameLoc);
2996
2997 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2998 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
2999 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
3000 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
3001 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
3002
3003 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
3004 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
3005 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
3006 AccessSpecifier AS);
3007 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
3008 SourceLocation DeclStart, Declarator &D,
3009 Expr *BitfieldWidth,
3010 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
3011 AccessSpecifier AS,
3012 const ParsedAttr &MSPropertyAttr);
3013
3014 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
3015 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3016 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
3017 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
3018 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
3019 SourceLocation TSSL,
3020 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
3021 Declarator *D = nullptr);
3022
3023 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
3024 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
3025
3026 enum TrivialABIHandling {
3027 /// The triviality of a method unaffected by "trivial_abi".
3028 TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI,
3029
3030 /// The triviality of a method affected by "trivial_abi".
3031 TAH_ConsiderTrivialABI
3032 };
3033
3034 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3035 TrivialABIHandling TAH = TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI,
3036 bool Diagnose = false);
3037
3038 /// For a defaulted function, the kind of defaulted function that it is.
3039 class DefaultedFunctionKind {
3040 CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember : 8;
3041 DefaultedComparisonKind Comparison : 8;
3042
3043 public:
3044 DefaultedFunctionKind()
3045 : SpecialMember(CXXInvalid), Comparison(DefaultedComparisonKind::None) {
3046 }
3047 DefaultedFunctionKind(CXXSpecialMember CSM)
3048 : SpecialMember(CSM), Comparison(DefaultedComparisonKind::None) {}
3049 DefaultedFunctionKind(DefaultedComparisonKind Comp)
3050 : SpecialMember(CXXInvalid), Comparison(Comp) {}
3051
3052 bool isSpecialMember() const { return SpecialMember != CXXInvalid; }
3053 bool isComparison() const {
3054 return Comparison != DefaultedComparisonKind::None;
3055 }
3056
3057 explicit operator bool() const {
3058 return isSpecialMember() || isComparison();
3059 }
3060
3061 CXXSpecialMember asSpecialMember() const { return SpecialMember; }
3062 DefaultedComparisonKind asComparison() const { return Comparison; }
3063
3064 /// Get the index of this function kind for use in diagnostics.
3065 unsigned getDiagnosticIndex() const {
3066 static_assert(CXXInvalid > CXXDestructor,
3067 "invalid should have highest index");
3068 static_assert((unsigned)DefaultedComparisonKind::None == 0,
3069 "none should be equal to zero");
3070 return SpecialMember + (unsigned)Comparison;
3071 }
3072 };
3073
3074 DefaultedFunctionKind getDefaultedFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3075
3076 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
3077 return getDefaultedFunctionKind(MD).asSpecialMember();
3078 }
3079 DefaultedComparisonKind getDefaultedComparisonKind(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
3080 return getDefaultedFunctionKind(FD).asComparison();
3081 }
3082
3083 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
3084 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
3085 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
3086 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
3087 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
3088
3089 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
3090 void ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
3091 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
3092 SourceLocation RBrac, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
3093
3094 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
3095 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
3096 /// struct, or union).
3097 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
3098
3099 /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules.
3100 /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out
3101 /// in case of a structural mismatch.
3102 bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev,
3103 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody);
3104
3105 typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext;
3106
3107 /// Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
3108 SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD);
3109
3110 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
3111
3112 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
3113 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
3114 /// member declarations.
3115 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
3116 SourceLocation FinalLoc,
3117 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
3118 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
3119
3120 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
3121 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
3122 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
3123 SourceRange BraceRange);
3124
3125 void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context);
3126
3127 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
3128
3129 /// Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
3130 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
3131 ///
3132 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
3133 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
3134 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
3135
3136 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
3137 /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
3138 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
3139
3140 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
3141 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
3142 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3143 IdentifierInfo *Id,
3144 Expr *val);
3145 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
3146 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
3147 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed,
3148 const EnumDecl *Prev);
3149
3150 /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped.
3151 /// \param II The name of the first enumerator.
3152 SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
3153 SourceLocation IILoc);
3154
3155 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
3156 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3157 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs,
3158 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
3159 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
3160 Decl *EnumDecl, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S,
3161 const ParsedAttributesView &Attr);
3162
3163 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
3164 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
3165 void PopDeclContext();
3166
3167 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
3168 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
3169 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
3170 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
3171
3172 /// Enter a template parameter scope, after it's been associated with a particular
3173 /// DeclContext. Causes lookup within the scope to chain through enclosing contexts
3174 /// in the correct order.
3175 void EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
3176
3177 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
3178 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
3179 void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
3180
3181 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
3182
3183 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
3184 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently
3185 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
3186 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
3187
3188 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
3189 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently
3190 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
3191 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
3192
3193 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
3194 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently
3195 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
3196 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
3197
3198 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
3199 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
3200
3201 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
3202 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
3203 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
3204 ///
3205 /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
3206 /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
3207 /// directly within it.
3208 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
3209 bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
3210
3211 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
3212 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL.
3213 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
3214
3215 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
3216 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
3217 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3218 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
3219
3220 /// Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
3221 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
3222 enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
3223 /// Don't merge availability attributes at all.
3224 AMK_None,
3225 /// Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
3226 /// an exact match.
3227 AMK_Redeclaration,
3228 /// Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
3229 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
3230 AMK_Override,
3231 /// Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
3232 /// a protocol requirement.
3233 AMK_ProtocolImplementation,
3234 };
3235
3236 /// Describes the kind of priority given to an availability attribute.
3237 ///
3238 /// The sum of priorities deteremines the final priority of the attribute.
3239 /// The final priority determines how the attribute will be merged.
3240 /// An attribute with a lower priority will always remove higher priority
3241 /// attributes for the specified platform when it is being applied. An
3242 /// attribute with a higher priority will not be applied if the declaration
3243 /// already has an availability attribute with a lower priority for the
3244 /// specified platform. The final prirority values are not expected to match
3245 /// the values in this enumeration, but instead should be treated as a plain
3246 /// integer value. This enumeration just names the priority weights that are
3247 /// used to calculate that final vaue.
3248 enum AvailabilityPriority : int {
3249 /// The availability attribute was specified explicitly next to the
3250 /// declaration.
3251 AP_Explicit = 0,
3252
3253 /// The availability attribute was applied using '#pragma clang attribute'.
3254 AP_PragmaClangAttribute = 1,
3255
3256 /// The availability attribute for a specific platform was inferred from
3257 /// an availability attribute for another platform.
3258 AP_InferredFromOtherPlatform = 2
3259 };
3260
3261 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
3262 AvailabilityAttr *
3263 mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3264 IdentifierInfo *Platform, bool Implicit,
3265 VersionTuple Introduced, VersionTuple Deprecated,
3266 VersionTuple Obsoleted, bool IsUnavailable,
3267 StringRef Message, bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement,
3268 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, int Priority);
3269 TypeVisibilityAttr *
3270 mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3271 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis);
3272 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3273 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis);
3274 UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3275 StringRef UuidAsWritten, MSGuidDecl *GuidDecl);
3276 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
3277 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
3278 MSInheritanceAttr *mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D,
3279 const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3280 bool BestCase,
3281 MSInheritanceModel Model);
3282 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3283 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
3284 int FirstArg);
3285 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3286 StringRef Name);
3287 CodeSegAttr *mergeCodeSegAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3288 StringRef Name);
3289 AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D,
3290 const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
3291 const IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3292 MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
3293 NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr *
3294 mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(Decl *D,
3295 const NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr &AL);
3296 SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr *
3297 mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(Decl *D,
3298 const SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr &AL);
3299 SwiftNameAttr *mergeSwiftNameAttr(Decl *D, const SwiftNameAttr &SNA,
3300 StringRef Name);
3301 OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D,
3302 const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
3303 InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL);
3304 InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D,
3305 const InternalLinkageAttr &AL);
3306 CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL);
3307 CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, const CommonAttr &AL);
3308 WebAssemblyImportNameAttr *mergeImportNameAttr(
3309 Decl *D, const WebAssemblyImportNameAttr &AL);
3310 WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr *mergeImportModuleAttr(
3311 Decl *D, const WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr &AL);
3312 EnforceTCBAttr *mergeEnforceTCBAttr(Decl *D, const EnforceTCBAttr &AL);
3313 EnforceTCBLeafAttr *mergeEnforceTCBLeafAttr(Decl *D,
3314 const EnforceTCBLeafAttr &AL);
3315
3316 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
3317 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
3318 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
3319 LookupResult &OldDecls);
3320 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
3321 bool MergeTypeWithOld);
3322 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3323 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
3324 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
3325 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
3326 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
3327 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
3328 bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn);
3329 void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New);
3330 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
3331
3332 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
3333 // to represent what is actually causing the operation
3334 enum AssignmentAction {
3335 AA_Assigning,
3336 AA_Passing,
3337 AA_Returning,
3338 AA_Converting,
3339 AA_Initializing,
3340 AA_Sending,
3341 AA_Casting,
3342 AA_Passing_CFAudited
3343 };
3344
3345 /// C++ Overloading.
3346 enum OverloadKind {
3347 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
3348 /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
3349 Ovl_Overload,
3350
3351 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
3352 /// an existing declaration.
3353 Ovl_Match,
3354
3355 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
3356 /// non-function.
3357 Ovl_NonFunction
3358 };
3359 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
3360 FunctionDecl *New,
3361 const LookupResult &OldDecls,
3362 NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
3363 bool IsForUsingDecl);
3364 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl,
3365 bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true,
3366 bool ConsiderRequiresClauses = true);
3367
3368 enum class AllowedExplicit {
3369 /// Allow no explicit functions to be used.
3370 None,
3371 /// Allow explicit conversion functions but not explicit constructors.
3372 Conversions,
3373 /// Allow both explicit conversion functions and explicit constructors.
3374 All
3375 };
3376
3377 ImplicitConversionSequence
3378 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3379 bool SuppressUserConversions,
3380 AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit,
3381 bool InOverloadResolution,
3382 bool CStyle,
3383 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
3384
3385 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
3386 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
3387 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
3388 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
3389 bool InOverloadResolution,
3390 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
3391 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
3392 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
3393 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
3394 QualType &ConvertedType);
3395 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
3396 QualType& ConvertedType);
3397 bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
3398 const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
3399 unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
3400 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
3401 QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
3402
3403 void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E);
3404 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
3405 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3406 CastKind &Kind,
3407 CXXCastPath& BasePath,
3408 bool IgnoreBaseAccess,
3409 bool Diagnose = true);
3410 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
3411 bool InOverloadResolution,
3412 QualType &ConvertedType);
3413 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3414 CastKind &Kind,
3415 CXXCastPath &BasePath,
3416 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
3417 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
3418 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
3419 bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
3420 QualType &ResultTy);
3421 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
3422 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
3423
3424 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
3425 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
3426 QualType ResultType,
3427 Expr *Value,
3428 bool AllowNRVO = true);
3429
3430 bool CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution(
3431 const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *From);
3432
3433 bool IsStringInit(Expr *Init, const ArrayType *AT);
3434
3435 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
3436 ExprResult Init);
3437 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
3438 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
3439 ExprResult Init,
3440 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
3441 bool AllowExplicit = false);
3442 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
3443 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
3444 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
3445 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3446
3447 /// Check that the lifetime of the initializer (and its subobjects) is
3448 /// sufficient for initializing the entity, and perform lifetime extension
3449 /// (when permitted) if not.
3450 void checkInitializerLifetime(const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *Init);
3451
3452 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
3453 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
3454
3455 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
3456 enum CCEKind {
3457 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label.
3458 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
3459 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
3460 CCEK_ArrayBound, ///< Array bound in array declarator or new-expression.
3461 CCEK_ConstexprIf, ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement.
3462 CCEK_ExplicitBool ///< Condition in an explicit(bool) specifier.
3463 };
3464 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
3465 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
3466 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
3467 APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE,
3468 NamedDecl *Dest = nullptr);
3469
3470 /// Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
3471 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
3472 class ContextualImplicitConverter {
3473 public:
3474 bool Suppress;
3475 bool SuppressConversion;
3476
3477 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
3478 bool SuppressConversion = false)
3479 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
3480
3481 /// Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
3482 /// for this conversion.
3483 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
3484
3485 /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
3486 /// integral or enumeration type.
3487 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
3488 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
3489
3490 /// Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
3491 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
3492 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
3493
3494 /// Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
3495 /// is explicit.
3496 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
3497 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
3498
3499 /// Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
3500 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
3501 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
3502
3503 /// Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
3504 /// functions.
3505 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
3506 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
3507
3508 /// Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
3509 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
3510 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
3511
3512 /// Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
3513 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
3514 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
3515 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
3516
3517 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
3518 };
3519
3520 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
3521 bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
3522
3523 public:
3524 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
3525 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
3526 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
3527 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
3528
3529 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
3530 bool match(QualType T) override;
3531
3532 SemaDiagnosticBuilder
3533 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
3534 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
3535 }
3536
3537 /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
3538 /// integral or enumeration type.
3539 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
3540 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
3541 };
3542
3543 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
3544 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
3545 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
3546
3547
3548 enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
3549 OS_Array,
3550 OS_Dictionary,
3551 OS_Error
3552 };
3553 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
3554
3555 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
3556 // this is used for diagnostics logic.
3557 enum ObjCLiteralKind {
3558 LK_Array,
3559 LK_Dictionary,
3560 LK_Numeric,
3561 LK_Boxed,
3562 LK_String,
3563 LK_Block,
3564 LK_None
3565 };
3566 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
3567
3568 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
3569 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
3570 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
3571 NamedDecl *Member);
3572
3573 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
3574 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
3575 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
3576 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
3577
3578 using ADLCallKind = CallExpr::ADLCallKind;
3579
3580 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3581 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3582 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
3583 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
3584 bool PartialOverloading = false,
3585 bool AllowExplicit = true,
3586 bool AllowExplicitConversion = false,
3587 ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL,
3588 ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None,
3589 OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
3590 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
3591 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3592 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
3593 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
3594 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
3595 bool PartialOverloading = false,
3596 bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false);
3597 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3598 QualType ObjectType,
3599 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
3600 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3601 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3602 bool SuppressUserConversion = false,
3603 OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
3604 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
3605 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3606 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
3607 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
3608 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3609 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3610 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
3611 bool PartialOverloading = false,
3612 ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None,
3613 OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
3614 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
3615 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3616 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
3617 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
3618 QualType ObjectType,
3619 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
3620 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3621 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3622 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
3623 bool PartialOverloading = false,
3624 OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
3625 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
3626 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3627 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3628 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
3629 bool PartialOverloading = false, bool AllowExplicit = true,
3630 ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL,
3631 OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
3632 bool CheckNonDependentConversions(
3633 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
3634 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
3635 ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, bool SuppressUserConversions,
3636 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr, QualType ObjectType = QualType(),
3637 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification = {},
3638 OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
3639 void AddConversionCandidate(
3640 CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3641 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3642 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit,
3643 bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true);
3644 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(
3645 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3646 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3647 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit,
3648 bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true);
3649 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
3650 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3651 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
3652 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3653 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3654 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
3655 void AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(
3656 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3657 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
3658 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
3659 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3660 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3661 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
3662 OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
3663 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3664 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3665 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
3666 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
3667 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3668 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3669 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
3670 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
3671 SourceLocation Loc,
3672 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3673 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
3674 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3675 bool PartialOverloading = false);
3676
3677 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
3678 void NoteOverloadCandidate(
3679 NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn,
3680 OverloadCandidateRewriteKind RewriteKind = OverloadCandidateRewriteKind(),
3681 QualType DestType = QualType(), bool TakingAddress = false);
3682
3683 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by
3684 // the expression Expr
3685 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(),
3686 bool TakingAddress = false);
3687
3688 /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
3689 /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
3690 EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, SourceLocation CallLoc,
3691 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3692 bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
3693
3694 /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean
3695 /// constant expression, and describe it with a string.
3696 std::pair<Expr *, std::string> findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond);
3697
3698 /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
3699 /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
3700 ///
3701 /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a
3702 /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call.
3703 ///
3704 /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
3705 bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function,
3706 const Expr *ThisArg,
3707 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
3708 SourceLocation Loc);
3709
3710 /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
3711 /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
3712 ///
3713 /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use
3714 /// of a function.
3715 ///
3716 /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
3717 bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND,
3718 SourceLocation Loc);
3719
3720 /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not,
3721 /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken.
3722 ///
3723 /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal.
3724 bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function,
3725 bool Complain = false,
3726 SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
3727
3728 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return]
3729 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
3730 // R (A) --> R(A)
3731 // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
3732 // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
3733 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
3734 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
3735
3736 FunctionDecl *
3737 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
3738 QualType TargetType,
3739 bool Complain,
3740 DeclAccessPair &Found,
3741 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
3742
3743 FunctionDecl *
3744 resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair &FoundResult);
3745
3746 bool resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(
3747 ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false);
3748
3749 FunctionDecl *
3750 ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
3751 bool Complain = false,
3752 DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
3753
3754 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
3755 ExprResult &SrcExpr,
3756 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
3757 bool Complain = false,
3758 SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
3759 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
3760 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
3761
3762
3763 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
3764 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3765 FunctionDecl *Fn);
3766 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
3767 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3768 FunctionDecl *Fn);
3769
3770 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
3771 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3772 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
3773 bool PartialOverloading = false);
3774 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(
3775 LookupResult &R, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
3776 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
3777
3778 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
3779 // range-based for loop.
3780 enum ForRangeStatus {
3781 FRS_Success,
3782 FRS_NoViableFunction,
3783 FRS_DiagnosticIssued
3784 };
3785
3786 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc,
3787 SourceLocation RangeLoc,
3788 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3789 LookupResult &MemberLookup,
3790 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
3791 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
3792
3793 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
3794 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
3795 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3796 MultiExprArg Args,
3797 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3798 Expr *ExecConfig,
3799 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true,
3800 bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false);
3801
3802 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
3803 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3804 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
3805 ExprResult *Result);
3806
3807 ExprResult CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
3808 NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc,
3809 DeclarationNameInfo DNI,
3810 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
3811 bool PerformADL = true);
3812
3813 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3814 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3815 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
3816 Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true);
3817
3818 void LookupOverloadedBinOp(OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
3819 OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3820 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
3821 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool RequiresADL = true);
3822 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3823 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3824 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
3825 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS,
3826 bool RequiresADL = true,
3827 bool AllowRewrittenCandidates = true,
3828 FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn = nullptr);
3829 ExprResult BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3830 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
3831 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS,
3832 FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn);
3833
3834 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
3835 SourceLocation RLoc,
3836 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
3837
3838 ExprResult BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
3839 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3840 MultiExprArg Args,
3841 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3842 bool AllowRecovery = false);
3843 ExprResult
3844 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3845 MultiExprArg Args,
3846 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3847
3848 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3849 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3850 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
3851
3852 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
3853 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
3854 /// that best represents the call.
3855 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
3856 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
3857
3858 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
3859 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
3860 bool CheckParameterNames);
3861 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
3862 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
3863 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
3864
3865 /// \name Name lookup
3866 ///
3867 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
3868 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
3869 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
3870 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
3871 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
3872 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
3873 ///
3874 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
3875 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
3876 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
3877 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
3878 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
3879 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
3880 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
3881 ///
3882 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
3883 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
3884 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
3885 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
3886 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
3887 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
3888 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
3889 /// the ability to distinguish among them.
3890 //@{
3891
3892 /// Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
3893 enum LookupNameKind {
3894 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
3895 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
3896 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
3897 LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
3898 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
3899 /// structs, and unions.
3900 LookupTagName,
3901 /// Label name lookup.
3902 LookupLabel,
3903 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
3904 /// class/struct/union members.
3905 LookupMemberName,
3906 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
3907 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
3908 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
3909 LookupOperatorName,
3910 /// Look up a name following ~ in a destructor name. This is an ordinary
3911 /// lookup, but prefers tags to typedefs.
3912 LookupDestructorName,
3913 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
3914 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
3915 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
3916 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
3917 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
3918 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
3919 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
3920 LookupNamespaceName,
3921 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
3922 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate
3923 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
3924 LookupUsingDeclName,
3925 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
3926 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
3927 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
3928 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
3929 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
3930 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
3931 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
3932 LookupLocalFriendName,
3933 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
3934 LookupObjCProtocolName,
3935 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
3936 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
3937 /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation.
3938 LookupOMPReductionName,
3939 /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined mapper.
3940 LookupOMPMapperName,
3941 /// Look up any declaration with any name.
3942 LookupAnyName
3943 };
3944
3945 /// Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
3946 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
3947 enum RedeclarationKind {
3948 /// The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
3949 /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
3950 NotForRedeclaration = 0,
3951 /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
3952 /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible.
3953 ForVisibleRedeclaration,
3954 /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name
3955 /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage
3956 /// may also be found.
3957 ForExternalRedeclaration
3958 };
3959
3960 RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() {
3961 // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against
3962 // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if
3963 // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things
3964 // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general.
3965 if (cast<Decl>(CurContext)
3966 ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true))
3967 return ForVisibleRedeclaration;
3968 return ForExternalRedeclaration;
3969 }
3970
3971 /// The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
3972 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
3973 /// The lookup resulted in an error.
3974 LOLR_Error,
3975 /// The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued.
3976 LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic,
3977 /// The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
3978 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
3979 LOLR_Cooked,
3980 /// The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
3981 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
3982 LOLR_Raw,
3983 /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
3984 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
3985 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
3986 LOLR_Template,
3987 /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
3988 /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
3989 /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
3990 LOLR_StringTemplatePack,
3991 };
3992
3993 SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
3994 CXXSpecialMember SM,
3995 bool ConstArg,
3996 bool VolatileArg,
3997 bool RValueThis,
3998 bool ConstThis,
3999 bool VolatileThis);
4000
4001 typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
4002 typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
4003 TypoRecoveryCallback;
4004
4005private:
4006 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
4007
4008 struct TypoExprState {
4009 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
4010 TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
4011 TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
4012 TypoExprState();
4013 TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept;
4014 TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept;
4015 };
4016
4017 /// The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
4018 llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
4019
4020 /// Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
4021 TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
4022 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
4023 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, SourceLocation TypoLoc);
4024
4025 // The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
4026 //
4027 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
4028 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
4029 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
4030
4031 /// Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
4032 /// source.
4033 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
4034
4035 /// Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
4036 /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
4037 /// should be skipped entirely.
4038 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
4039 makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
4040 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
4041 CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4042 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4043 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4044 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4045 bool ErrorRecovery);
4046
4047public:
4048 const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
4049
4050 /// Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
4051 void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
4052
4053 /// Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return
4054 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
4055 ///
4056 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
4057 /// ambiguity and overloaded.
4058 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
4059 SourceLocation Loc,
4060 LookupNameKind NameKind,
4061 RedeclarationKind Redecl
4062 = NotForRedeclaration);
4063 bool LookupBuiltin(LookupResult &R);
4064 void LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(Scope *S, unsigned ID);
4065 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
4066 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
4067 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
4068 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
4069 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
4070 CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4071 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4072 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
4073 bool EnteringContext = false);
4074 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
4075 RedeclarationKind Redecl
4076 = NotForRedeclaration);
4077 bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4078
4079 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
4080 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
4081
4082 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4083 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
4084
4085 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4086 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4087 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4088 unsigned Quals);
4089 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
4090 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
4091 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4092 unsigned Quals);
4093 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
4094 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
4095 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4096
4097 bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
4098 LiteralOperatorLookupResult
4099 LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
4100 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
4101 bool AllowStringTemplate, bool DiagnoseMissing,
4102 StringLiteral *StringLit = nullptr);
4103 bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
4104
4105 /// Status of the function emission on the CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device attrs.
4106 enum class FunctionEmissionStatus {
4107 Emitted,
4108 CUDADiscarded, // Discarded due to CUDA/HIP hostness
4109 OMPDiscarded, // Discarded due to OpenMP hostness
4110 TemplateDiscarded, // Discarded due to uninstantiated templates
4111 Unknown,
4112 };
4113 FunctionEmissionStatus getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *Decl,
4114 bool Final = false);
4115
4116 // Whether the callee should be ignored in CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device check.
4117 bool shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee);
4118
4119 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
4120 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
4121
4122 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
4123 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
4124 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true,
4125 bool LoadExternal = true);
4126 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
4127 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
4128 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true,
4129 bool IncludeDependentBases = false,
4130 bool LoadExternal = true);
4131
4132 enum CorrectTypoKind {
4133 CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
4134 CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
4135 };
4136
4137 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
4138 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4139 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4140 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4141 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
4142 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
4143 bool EnteringContext = false,
4144 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
4145 bool RecordFailure = true);
4146
4147 TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
4148 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
4149 CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4150 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4151 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
4152 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
4153 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
4154 bool EnteringContext = false,
4155 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
4156
4157 /// Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children,
4158 /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there
4159 /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or
4160 /// more typos could not be corrected.
4161 ///
4162 /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs.
4163 ///
4164 /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its
4165 /// initializer.
4166 ///
4167 /// \param RecoverUncorrectedTypos If true, when typo correction fails, it
4168 /// will rebuild the given Expr with all TypoExprs degraded to RecoveryExprs.
4169 ///
4170 /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if
4171 /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo
4172 /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different
4173 /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted.
4174 ExprResult CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
4175 Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
4176 bool RecoverUncorrectedTypos = false,
4177 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
4178 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
4179
4180 ExprResult CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
4181 ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
4182 bool RecoverUncorrectedTypos = false,
4183 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
4184 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
4185 return ER.isInvalid()
4186 ? ER
4187 : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), InitDecl,
4188 RecoverUncorrectedTypos, Filter);
4189 }
4190
4191 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4192 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4193 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
4194
4195 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4196 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4197 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4198 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
4199
4200 void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F);
4201
4202 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
4203 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4204 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
4205 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
4206
4207 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
4208 bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
4209
4210 bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old);
4211
4212 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
4213 //@}
4214
4215 /// Attempts to produce a RecoveryExpr after some AST node cannot be created.
4216 ExprResult CreateRecoveryExpr(SourceLocation Begin, SourceLocation End,
4217 ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs,
4218 QualType T = QualType());
4219
4220 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
4221 SourceLocation IdLoc,
4222 bool TypoCorrection = false);
4223 FunctionDecl *CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type, unsigned ID,
4224 SourceLocation Loc);
4225 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
4226 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
4227 SourceLocation Loc);
4228 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
4229 Scope *S);
4230 void AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(
4231 FunctionDecl *FD);
4232 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
4233
4234 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
4235
4236 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
4237 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
4238 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
4239 // Helper for delayed processing of attributes.
4240 void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D,
4241 const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
4242 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttributesView &AL,
4243 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
4244 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
4245 const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
4246
4247 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
4248
4249 /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
4250 /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
4251 /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
4252 /// type as valid.
4253 bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
4254
4255 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, unsigned &value);
4256 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, CallingConv &CC,
4257 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
4258 bool CheckAttrTarget(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr);
4259 bool CheckAttrNoArgs(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr);
4260 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const ParsedAttr &Attr, unsigned ArgNum,
4261 StringRef &Str,
4262 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
4263 bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
4264 bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
4265 bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
4266 CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
4267 MSInheritanceModel SemanticSpelling);
4268
4269 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
4270
4271 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
4272 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from
4273 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
4274 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor,
4275 SourceLocation Loc);
4276
4277 // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
4278 // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
4279 // one that came from a typedef.
4280 bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType T);
4281
4282 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
4283 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
4284 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
4285
4286 /// Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
4287 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt,
4288 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs,
4289 SourceRange Range);
4290
4291 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
4292 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
4293 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
4294
4295 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
4296 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
4297 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
4298
4299 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
4300 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
4301 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
4302 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
4303 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
4304
4305 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
4306
4307 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
4308 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
4309 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
4310 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
4311 SourceLocation Loc);
4312
4313 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
4314 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
4315 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
4316 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
4317 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
4318
4319 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
4320 /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
4321 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
4322 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
4323 bool SynthesizeProperties);
4324
4325 /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters.
4326 void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl);
4327
4328 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
4329 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
4330 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl,
4331 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
4332 SourceLocation AtEnd);
4333 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd);
4334
4335 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
4336 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
4337 /// declared in class 'IFace'.
4338 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
4339 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
4340
4341 /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
4342 /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
4343 void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
4344 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
4345
4346 /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
4347 /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
4348 /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
4349 ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
4350 const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
4351
4352 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
4353 /// class extensions.
4354 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
4355 SourceLocation AtLoc,
4356 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4357 FieldDeclarator &FD,
4358 Selector GetterSel,
4359 SourceLocation GetterNameLoc,
4360 Selector SetterSel,
4361 SourceLocation SetterNameLoc,
4362 const bool isReadWrite,
4363 unsigned &Attributes,
4364 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
4365 QualType T,
4366 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
4367 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
4368
4369 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
4370 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
4371 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
4372 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
4373 SourceLocation AtLoc,
4374 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4375 FieldDeclarator &FD,
4376 Selector GetterSel,
4377 SourceLocation GetterNameLoc,
4378 Selector SetterSel,
4379 SourceLocation SetterNameLoc,
4380 const bool isReadWrite,
4381 const unsigned Attributes,
4382 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
4383 QualType T,
4384 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
4385 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
4386 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
4387
4388 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
4389 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
4390 /// setter or getter.
4391 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
4392 ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl);
4393
4394 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
4395
4396 void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
4397 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
4398 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
4399
4400 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
4401
4402 enum MethodMatchStrategy {
4403 MMS_loose,
4404 MMS_strict
4405 };
4406
4407 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
4408 /// true, or false, accordingly.
4409 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
4410 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
4411 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
4412
4413 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
4414 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
4415 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
4416 const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
4417 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
4418 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
4419 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
4420 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
4421 bool &IncompleteImpl,
4422 bool ImmediateClass,
4423 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
4424
4425 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
4426 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
4427 /// warns each time an exact match is found.
4428 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
4429
4430 /// Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
4431 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
4432
4433 /// Returns default addr space for method qualifiers.
4434 LangAS getDefaultCXXMethodAddrSpace() const;
4435
4436private:
4437 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
4438 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
4439 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
4440
4441 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
4442 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
4443 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
4444 bool receiverIdOrClass,
4445 bool instance);
4446
4447public:
4448 /// - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
4449 /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and
4450 /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such
4451 /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it
4452 /// returns true.
4453 bool
4454 CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
4455 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
4456 bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther,
4457 const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr);
4458
4459 bool
4460 AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
4461 SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass,
4462 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
4463
4464 void
4465 DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
4466 Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
4467 bool receiverIdOrClass);
4468
4469private:
4470 /// - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
4471 /// nullptr if none could be found
4472 ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
4473 bool IsInstance,
4474 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
4475
4476
4477 /// Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
4478 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
4479 bool RecordFailure = true) {
4480 if (RecordFailure)
4481 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
4482 return TypoCorrection();
4483 }
4484
4485public:
4486 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
4487 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
4488 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
4489 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
4490 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
4491 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
4492 }
4493
4494 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
4495 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
4496 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
4497 }
4498
4499 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
4500 /// pool.
4501 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
4502
4503 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
4504 /// there are multiple signatures.
4505 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
4506 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
4507 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
4508 /*instance*/true);
4509 }
4510
4511 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
4512 /// there are multiple signatures.
4513 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
4514 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
4515 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
4516 /*instance*/false);
4517 }
4518
4519 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
4520 QualType ObjectType=QualType());
4521 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
4522 /// implementation.
4523 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
4524
4525 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
4526 /// initialization.
4527 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
4528 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
4529
4530 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4531 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
4532public:
4533 class FullExprArg {
4534 public:
4535 FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { }
4536 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
4537
4538 ExprResult release() {
4539 return E;
4540 }
4541
4542 Expr *get() const { return E; }
4543
4544 Expr *operator->() {
4545 return E;
4546 }
4547
4548 private:
4549 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
4550 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
4551 friend class Sema;
4552
4553 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
4554
4555 Expr *E;
4556 };
4557
4558 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
4559 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
4560 }
4561 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
4562 return FullExprArg(
4563 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC, /*DiscardedValue*/ false).get());
4564 }
4565 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
4566 ExprResult FE =
4567 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
4568 /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
4569 return FullExprArg(FE.get());
4570 }
4571
4572 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg, bool DiscardedValue = true);
4573 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
4574
4575 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
4576 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
4577
4578 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(bool IsStmtExpr);
4579 void ActOnAfterCompoundStatementLeadingPragmas();
4580 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
4581 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
4582 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
4583
4584 /// A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
4585 class CompoundScopeRAII {
4586 public:
4587 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S, bool IsStmtExpr = false) : S(S) {
4588 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(IsStmtExpr);
4589 }
4590
4591 ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
4592 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
4593 }
4594
4595 private:
4596 Sema &S;
4597 };
4598
4599 /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
4600 struct FunctionScopeRAII {
4601 Sema &S;
4602 bool Active;
4603 FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
4604 ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
4605 if (Active)
4606 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
4607 }
4608 void disable() { Active = false; }
4609 };
4610
4611 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
4612 SourceLocation StartLoc,
4613 SourceLocation EndLoc);
4614 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
4615 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
4616 ExprResult ActOnCaseExpr(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult Val);
4617 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult LHS,
4618 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, ExprResult RHS,
4619 SourceLocation ColonLoc);
4620 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
4621
4622 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
4623 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4624 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
4625 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
4626 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
4627
4628 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
4629 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
4630 Stmt *SubStmt);
4631
4632 class ConditionResult;
4633 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
4634 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt,
4635 ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4636 Stmt *ThenVal, SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
4637 StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
4638 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt,
4639 ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4640 Stmt *ThenVal, SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
4641 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
4642 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt,
4643 ConditionResult Cond,
4644 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4645 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
4646 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
4647 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4648 ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4649 Stmt *Body);
4650 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
4651 SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen,
4652 Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen);
4653
4654 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
4655 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4656 Stmt *First,
4657 ConditionResult Second,
4658 FullExprArg Third,
4659 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4660 Stmt *Body);
4661 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
4662 Expr *collection);
4663 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
4664 Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
4665 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4666 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
4667
4668 enum BuildForRangeKind {
4669 /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
4670 BFRK_Build,
4671 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
4672 /// attempt any typo-correction.
4673 BFRK_Rebuild,
4674 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
4675 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
4676 BFRK_Check
4677 };
4678
4679 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc,
4680 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
4681 Stmt *InitStmt,
4682 Stmt *LoopVar,
4683 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
4684 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4685 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
4686 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
4687 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
4688 Stmt *InitStmt,
4689 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4690 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End,
4691 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
4692 Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
4693 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4694 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
4695 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
4696
4697 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
4698 SourceLocation LabelLoc,
4699 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
4700 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
4701 SourceLocation StarLoc,
4702 Expr *DestExp);
4703 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4704 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4705
4706 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
4707 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
4708 typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
4709 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
4710 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
4711 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params,
4712 unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0);
4713 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
4714 void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
4715 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
4716 SourceLocation Loc,
4717 unsigned NumParams);
4718
4719 enum CopyElisionSemanticsKind {
4720 CES_Strict = 0,
4721 CES_AllowParameters = 1,
4722 CES_AllowDifferentTypes = 2,
4723 CES_AllowExceptionVariables = 4,
4724 CES_FormerDefault = (CES_AllowParameters),
4725 CES_Default = (CES_AllowParameters | CES_AllowDifferentTypes),
4726 CES_AsIfByStdMove = (CES_AllowParameters | CES_AllowDifferentTypes |
4727 CES_AllowExceptionVariables),
4728 };
4729
4730 VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
4731 CopyElisionSemanticsKind CESK);
4732 bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
4733 CopyElisionSemanticsKind CESK);
4734
4735 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
4736 Scope *CurScope);
4737 StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
4738 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
4739
4740 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
4741 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
4742 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
4743 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
4744 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
4745 unsigned NumLabels,
4746 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4747
4748 void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res,
4749 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info);
4750 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4751 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4752 UnqualifiedId &Id,
4753 bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
4754 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
4755 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
4756 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member,
4757 SourceLocation AsmLoc);
4758 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
4759 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
4760 StringRef AsmString,
4761 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
4762 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
4763 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
4764 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
4765 SourceLocation EndLoc);
4766 LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
4767 SourceLocation Location,
4768 bool AlwaysCreate);
4769
4770 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
4771 SourceLocation StartLoc,
4772 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
4773 bool Invalid = false);
4774
4775 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4776
4777 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
4778 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
4779
4780 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
4781
4782 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
4783 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
4784
4785 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
4786 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
4787 Scope *CurScope);
4788 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
4789 Expr *operand);
4790 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4791 Expr *SynchExpr,
4792 Stmt *SynchBody);
4793
4794 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
4795
4796 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4797 SourceLocation StartLoc,
4798 SourceLocation IdLoc,
4799 IdentifierInfo *Id);
4800
4801 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4802
4803 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
4804 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
4805 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
4806 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
4807
4808 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
4809 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
4810 Stmt *Handler);
4811 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
4812 Expr *FilterExpr,
4813 Stmt *Block);
4814 void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
4815 void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
4816 StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
4817 StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
4818
4819 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
4820
4821 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
4822
4823 /// If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
4824 /// of it.
4825 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
4826
4827 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
4828 /// whose result is unused, warn.
4829 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
4830 void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
4831 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
4832
4833 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
4834 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
4835 ///
4836 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
4837 /// if (condition);
4838 /// do_stuff();
4839 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4840 const Stmt *Body,
4841 unsigned DiagID);
4842
4843 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
4844 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
4845 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
4846 const Stmt *PossibleBody);
4847
4848 /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
4849 void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
4850 SourceLocation OpLoc);
4851
4852 /// Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a
4853 /// _Nonnull one.
4854 void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4855 SourceLocation Loc);
4856
4857 /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr.
4858 void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E);
4859
4860 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
4861 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
4862 }
4863 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
4864
4865 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
4866 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
4867 ParsingClassDepth++;
4868 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
4869 }
4870 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
4871 ParsingClassDepth--;
4872 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
4873 }
4874
4875 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
4876
4877 void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs,
4878 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
4879 bool ObjCPropertyAccess,
4880 bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false,
4881 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver = nullptr);
4882
4883 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
4884 UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason);
4885
4886 /// Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD
4887 void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD);
4888
4889 void handleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4890
4891 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4892 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
4893
4894 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid);
4895 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs,
4896 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr,
4897 bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false,
4898 bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false,
4899 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReciever = nullptr);
4900 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
4901 void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4902 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
4903 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
4904 SourceLocation Loc);
4905 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
4906 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
4907
4908 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
4909 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
4910 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type =
4911 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other);
4912 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
4913 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
4914 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
4915 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type =
4916 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other);
4917 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
4918
4919 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
4920
4921 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
4922 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
4923
4924 ExprResult CheckUnevaluatedOperand(Expr *E);
4925 void CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Expr *E);
4926
4927 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
4928
4929 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also
4930 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
4931 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants
4932 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
4933 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
4934 // named expressions.
4935 //
4936 // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and
4937 // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of
4938 // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance,
4939 // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an
4940 // explicit nested-name-specifier).
4941 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse);
4942 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
4943 bool MightBeOdrUse = true);
4944 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
4945 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr);
4946 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
4947 void MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(FunctionParmPackExpr *E);
4948 void MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(VarDecl *Capture, SourceLocation Loc,
4949 unsigned CapturingScopeIndex);
4950
4951 ExprResult CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Expr *E);
4952 void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
4953
4954 enum TryCaptureKind {
4955 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
4956 };
4957
4958 /// Try to capture the given variable.
4959 ///
4960 /// \param Var The variable to capture.
4961 ///
4962 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
4963 ///
4964 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
4965 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
4966 ///
4967 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
4968 /// an explicit lambda capture.
4969 ///
4970 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
4971 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
4972 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
4973 /// if the variable cannot be captured.
4974 ///
4975 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
4976 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
4977 /// variable can be captured.
4978 ///
4979 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
4980 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
4981 /// captured.
4982 ///
4983 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4984 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4985 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4986 /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4987 /// a nested generic lambda.
4988 ///
4989 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
4990 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
4991 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
4992 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
4993 QualType &CaptureType,
4994 QualType &DeclRefType,
4995 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
4996
4997 /// Try to capture the given variable.
4998 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
4999 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
5000 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
5001
5002 /// Checks if the variable must be captured.
5003 bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
5004
5005 /// Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
5006 /// variable will have in the given scope.
5007 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
5008
5009 /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as
5010 /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent
5011 /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced.
5012 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
5013 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
5014 bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
5015
5016 /// Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
5017 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
5018 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
5019 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5020 bool ForceComplain = false,
5021 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
5022
5023 /// Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
5024 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
5025 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
5026
5027 /// Try to convert an expression \p E to type \p Ty. Returns the result of the
5028 /// conversion.
5029 ExprResult tryConvertExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Ty);
5030
5031 /// Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
5032 /// evaluation context.
5033 ///
5034 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
5035 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
5036 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
5037 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
5038 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
5039 const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
5040 /// Similar, but diagnostic is only produced if all the specified statements
5041 /// are reachable.
5042 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt*> Stmts,
5043 const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
5044
5045 // Primary Expressions.
5046 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
5047
5048 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
5049 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5050 UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
5051 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr,
5052 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
5053
5054 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
5055 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
5056 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5057 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
5058
5059 bool DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(LookupResult &R);
5060
5061 bool
5062 DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
5063 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
5064 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
5065 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
5066
5067 DeclResult LookupIvarInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
5068 IdentifierInfo *II);
5069 ExprResult BuildIvarRefExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
5070
5071 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
5072 IdentifierInfo *II,
5073 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
5074
5075 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5076 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5077 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5078 bool isAddressOfOperand,
5079 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5080
5081 /// If \p D cannot be odr-used in the current expression evaluation context,
5082 /// return a reason explaining why. Otherwise, return NOUR_None.
5083 NonOdrUseReason getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(ValueDecl *D);
5084
5085 DeclRefExpr *BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
5086 SourceLocation Loc,
5087 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
5088 DeclRefExpr *
5089 BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
5090 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5091 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
5092 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
5093 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(),
5094 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
5095 DeclRefExpr *
5096 BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
5097 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5098 NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
5099 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
5100 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(),
5101 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
5102
5103 ExprResult
5104 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5105 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5106 SourceLocation nameLoc,
5107 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
5108 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
5109 Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
5110 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
5111
5112 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
5113 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, LookupResult &R,
5114 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, const Scope *S,
5115 UnresolvedLookupExpr *AsULE = nullptr);
5116 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5117 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5118 LookupResult &R,
5119 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
5120 bool IsDefiniteInstance,
5121 const Scope *S);
5122 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5123 const LookupResult &R,
5124 bool HasTrailingLParen);
5125
5126 ExprResult
5127 BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5128 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5129 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S,
5130 TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
5131
5132 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5133 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5134 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5135 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5136
5137 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5138 LookupResult &R,
5139 bool NeedsADL,
5140 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
5141 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
5142 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
5143 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
5144 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
5145 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
5146
5147 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
5148 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
5149 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5150 SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
5151 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
5152
5153 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
5154 PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK);
5155 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
5156 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
5157
5158 bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
5159
5160 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
5161 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
5162 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
5163 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
5164 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
5165 SourceLocation R,
5166 MultiExprArg Val);
5167
5168 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
5169 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
5170 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
5171 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
5172
5173 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5174 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
5175 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5176 Expr *ControllingExpr,
5177 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
5178 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
5179 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5180 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
5181 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5182 Expr *ControllingExpr,
5183 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
5184 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
5185
5186 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5187 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
5188 Expr *InputExpr);
5189 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5190 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
5191 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5192 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
5193
5194 bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E);
5195 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
5196
5197 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5198 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5199 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
5200 SourceRange R);
5201 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5202 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
5203 ExprResult
5204 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5205 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
5206 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
5207 SourceRange ArgRange);
5208
5209 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
5210 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
5211
5212 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
5213 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5214 SourceRange ExprRange,
5215 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
5216 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
5217 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5218 IdentifierInfo &Name,
5219 SourceLocation NameLoc,
5220 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5221 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5222 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
5223
5224 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
5225 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
5226 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
5227 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
5228
5229 ExprResult CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx,
5230 Expr *ColumnIdx,
5231 SourceLocation RBLoc);
5232
5233 ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
5234 Expr *LowerBound,
5235 SourceLocation ColonLocFirst,
5236 SourceLocation ColonLocSecond,
5237 Expr *Length, Expr *Stride,
5238 SourceLocation RBLoc);
5239 ExprResult ActOnOMPArrayShapingExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5240 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5241 ArrayRef<Expr *> Dims,
5242 ArrayRef<SourceRange> Brackets);
5243
5244 /// Data structure for iterator expression.
5245 struct OMPIteratorData {
5246 IdentifierInfo *DeclIdent = nullptr;
5247 SourceLocation DeclIdentLoc;
5248 ParsedType Type;
5249 OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorRange Range;
5250 SourceLocation AssignLoc;
5251 SourceLocation ColonLoc;
5252 SourceLocation SecColonLoc;
5253 };
5254
5255 ExprResult ActOnOMPIteratorExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation IteratorKwLoc,
5256 SourceLocation LLoc, SourceLocation RLoc,
5257 ArrayRef<OMPIteratorData> Data);
5258
5259 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
5260 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
5261 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
5262 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
5263 // defines a custom operator->).
5264 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
5265 Scope *S;
5266 UnqualifiedId &Id;
5267 Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
5268 };
5269
5270 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
5271 Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
5272 CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5273 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5274 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
5275 const Scope *S,
5276 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
5277
5278 ExprResult
5279 BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5280 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5281 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5282 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
5283 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
5284 const Scope *S,
5285 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
5286 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
5287
5288 ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow,
5289 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5290 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field,
5291 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5292 const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo);
5293
5294 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
5295
5296 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
5297 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5298 const LookupResult &R);
5299
5300 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
5301 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5302 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5303 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5304 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
5305 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5306 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5307
5308 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5309 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5310 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5311 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5312 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5313 UnqualifiedId &Member,
5314 Decl *ObjCImpDecl);
5315
5316 MemberExpr *
5317 BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5318 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5319 ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5320 bool HadMultipleCandidates,
5321 const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty,
5322 ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
5323 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
5324 MemberExpr *
5325 BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5326 NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5327 ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5328 bool HadMultipleCandidates,
5329 const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty,
5330 ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
5331 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
5332
5333 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
5334 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
5335 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
5336 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
5337 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5338 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5339 bool ExecConfig = false);
5340 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
5341 ParmVarDecl *Param,
5342 const Expr *ArgExpr);
5343
5344 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
5345 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
5346 /// locations.
5347 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5348 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5349 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr);
5350 ExprResult BuildCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5351 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5352 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
5353 bool IsExecConfig = false,
5354 bool AllowRecovery = false);
5355 enum class AtomicArgumentOrder { API, AST };
5356 ExprResult
5357 BuildAtomicExpr(SourceRange CallRange, SourceRange ExprRange,
5358 SourceLocation RParenLoc, MultiExprArg Args,
5359 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op,
5360 AtomicArgumentOrder ArgOrder = AtomicArgumentOrder::API);
5361 ExprResult
5362 BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5363 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5364 Expr *Config = nullptr, bool IsExecConfig = false,
5365 ADLCallKind UsesADL = ADLCallKind::NotADL);
5366
5367 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
5368 MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
5369 SourceLocation GGGLoc);
5370
5371 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5372 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
5373 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
5374 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5375 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
5376 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5377 Expr *Op);
5378 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
5379
5380 /// Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
5381 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5382 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
5383 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
5384
5385 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
5386
5387 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5388 ParsedType Ty,
5389 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5390 Expr *InitExpr);
5391
5392 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5393 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5394 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5395 Expr *LiteralExpr);
5396
5397 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
5398 MultiExprArg InitArgList,
5399 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
5400
5401 ExprResult BuildInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
5402 MultiExprArg InitArgList,
5403 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
5404
5405 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
5406 SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc,
5407 bool GNUSyntax,
5408 ExprResult Init);
5409
5410private:
5411 static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
5412
5413public:
5414 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5415 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
5416 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5417 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
5418 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
5419 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
5420 void LookupBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
5421 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
5422
5423 void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc);
5424
5425 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
5426 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
5427 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
5428 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5429 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
5430
5431 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
5432 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
5433 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
5434
5435 void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
5436 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
5437 SourceLocation RPLoc);
5438 ExprResult BuildStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
5439 SourceLocation RPLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth);
5440 // Handle the final expression in a statement expression.
5441 ExprResult ActOnStmtExprResult(ExprResult E);
5442 void ActOnStmtExprError();
5443
5444 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
5445 struct OffsetOfComponent {
5446 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
5447 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident
5448 union {
5449 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
5450 Expr *E;
5451 } U;
5452 };
5453
5454 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
5455 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5456 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5457 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
5458 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5459 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5460 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5461 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5462 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
5463 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
5464 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5465
5466 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
5467 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5468 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
5469 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
5470
5471 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
5472 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
5473 SourceLocation RPLoc);
5474 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
5475 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
5476
5477 // __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_FUNCTION(), __builtin_FILE(),
5478 // __builtin_COLUMN()
5479 ExprResult ActOnSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind,
5480 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5481 SourceLocation RPLoc);
5482
5483 // Build a potentially resolved SourceLocExpr.
5484 ExprResult BuildSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind,
5485 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RPLoc,
5486 DeclContext *ParentContext);
5487
5488 // __null
5489 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
5490
5491 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
5492
5493 /// Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
5494 enum IfExistsResult {
5495 /// The symbol exists.
5496 IER_Exists,
5497
5498 /// The symbol does not exist.
5499 IER_DoesNotExist,
5500
5501 /// The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
5502 /// from one instantiation to the next.
5503 IER_Dependent,
5504
5505 /// An error occurred.
5506 IER_Error
5507 };
5508
5509 IfExistsResult
5510 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5511 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
5512
5513 IfExistsResult
5514 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5515 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5516 UnqualifiedId &Name);
5517
5518 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5519 bool IsIfExists,
5520 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5521 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
5522 Stmt *Nested);
5523 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5524 bool IsIfExists,
5525 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
5526 Stmt *Nested);
5527
5528 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
5529
5530 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
5531 /// started.
5532 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
5533
5534 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
5535 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
5536 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
5537 Scope *CurScope);
5538
5539 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5540 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5541 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
5542
5543 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5544 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
5545 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
5546 Scope *CurScope);
5547
5548 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
5549
5550 /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
5551 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
5552 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5553 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5554
5555 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
5556
5557 /// __builtin_astype(...)
5558 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
5559 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5560 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5561
5562 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
5563
5564 // Act on C++ namespaces
5565 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
5566 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
5567 SourceLocation IdentLoc, IdentifierInfo *Ident,
5568 SourceLocation LBrace,
5569 const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
5570 UsingDirectiveDecl *&UsingDecl);
5571 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
5572
5573 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
5574 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
5575
5576 NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace();
5577
5578 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
5579 EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const;
5580
5581private:
5582 // A cache representing if we've fully checked the various comparison category
5583 // types stored in ASTContext. The bit-index corresponds to the integer value
5584 // of a ComparisonCategoryType enumerator.
5585 llvm::SmallBitVector FullyCheckedComparisonCategories;
5586
5587 ValueDecl *tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
5588 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5589 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5590 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase);
5591
5592public:
5593 enum class ComparisonCategoryUsage {
5594 /// The '<=>' operator was used in an expression and a builtin operator
5595 /// was selected.
5596 OperatorInExpression,
5597 /// A defaulted 'operator<=>' needed the comparison category. This
5598 /// typically only applies to 'std::strong_ordering', due to the implicit
5599 /// fallback return value.
5600 DefaultedOperator,
5601 };
5602
5603 /// Lookup the specified comparison category types in the standard
5604 /// library, an check the VarDecls possibly returned by the operator<=>
5605 /// builtins for that type.
5606 ///
5607 /// \return The type of the comparison category type corresponding to the
5608 /// specified Kind, or a null type if an error occurs
5609 QualType CheckComparisonCategoryType(ComparisonCategoryType Kind,
5610 SourceLocation Loc,
5611 ComparisonCategoryUsage Usage);
5612
5613 /// Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
5614 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
5615 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
5616
5617 /// Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
5618 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
5619 ///
5620 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
5621 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
5622
5623 /// Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
5624 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
5625 bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor);
5626
5627 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
5628 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5629 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
5630 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
5631 const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
5632
5633 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
5634
5635 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
5636 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
5637 SourceLocation AliasLoc,
5638 IdentifierInfo *Alias,
5639 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5640 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
5641 IdentifierInfo *Ident);
5642
5643 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
5644 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
5645 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
5646 UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
5647 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
5648 NamedDecl *Target,
5649 UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
5650
5651 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
5652 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
5653 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5654 SourceLocation NameLoc,
5655 const LookupResult &Previous);
5656 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
5657 bool HasTypename,
5658 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5659 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5660 SourceLocation NameLoc);
5661
5662 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(
5663 Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
5664 bool HasTypenameKeyword, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5665 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5666 const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, bool IsInstantiation);
5667 NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom,
5668 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions);
5669
5670 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
5671
5672 /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the
5673 /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit
5674 /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization.
5675 CXXConstructorDecl *
5676 findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor,
5677 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow);
5678
5679 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS,
5680 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
5681 SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5682 UnqualifiedId &Name, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5683 const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
5684 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS,
5685 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
5686 SourceLocation UsingLoc, UnqualifiedId &Name,
5687 const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
5688 TypeResult Type, Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
5689
5690 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
5691 /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
5692 ///
5693 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
5694 ExprResult
5695 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
5696 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
5697 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
5698 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
5699 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
5700 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
5701 SourceRange ParenRange);
5702
5703 /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if
5704 /// it denotes an inherited constructor.
5705 ExprResult
5706 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
5707 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
5708 MultiExprArg Exprs,
5709 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
5710 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
5711 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
5712 SourceRange ParenRange);
5713
5714 // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
5715 // the constructor can be elidable?
5716 ExprResult
5717 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
5718 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
5719 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
5720 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
5721 bool IsListInitialization,
5722 bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
5723 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
5724
5725 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
5726
5727
5728 /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary.
5729 /// Return true on error.
5730 bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
5731 ParmVarDecl *Param);
5732
5733 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
5734 /// the default expr if needed.
5735 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
5736 FunctionDecl *FD,
5737 ParmVarDecl *Param);
5738
5739 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
5740 /// constructed variable.
5741 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
5742
5743 /// Helper class that collects exception specifications for
5744 /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
5745 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
5746 // Pointer to allow copying
5747 Sema *Self;
5748 // We order exception specifications thus:
5749 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
5750 // throw() comes next.
5751 // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
5752 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
5753 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
5754 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
5755 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
5756 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
5757
5758 void ClearExceptions() {
5759 ExceptionsSeen.clear();
5760 Exceptions.clear();
5761 }
5762
5763 public:
5764 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
5765 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
5766 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
5767 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
5768 }
5769
5770 /// Get the computed exception specification type.
5771 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
5772 assert(!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) &&
5773 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
5774 return ComputedEST;
5775 }
5776
5777 /// The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
5778 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
5779
5780 /// The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
5781 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
5782
5783 /// Integrate another called method into the collected data.
5784 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
5785
5786 /// Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
5787 void CalledExpr(Expr *E) { CalledStmt(E); }
5788
5789 /// Integrate an invoked statement into the collected data.
5790 void CalledStmt(Stmt *S);
5791
5792 /// Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
5793 /// computed exception specification.
5794 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
5795 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
5796 ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
5797 if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
5798 ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
5799 } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
5800 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
5801 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
5802 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
5803 ESI.Type = EST_NoexceptFalse;
5804 ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
5805 tok::kw_false).get();
5806 }
5807 return ESI;
5808 }
5809 };
5810
5811 /// Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
5812 /// special member function.
5813 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *FD);
5814
5815 /// Check the given noexcept-specifier, convert its expression, and compute
5816 /// the appropriate ExceptionSpecificationType.
5817 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptSpec(SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, Expr *NoexceptExpr,
5818 ExceptionSpecificationType &EST);
5819
5820 /// Check the given exception-specification and update the
5821 /// exception specification information with the results.
5822 void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
5823 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
5824 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
5825 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
5826 Expr *NoexceptExpr,
5827 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
5828 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
5829
5830 /// Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
5831 /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
5832 bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
5833
5834 /// Add an exception-specification to the given member function
5835 /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
5836 /// after the method itself was declared.
5837 void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
5838 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
5839 SourceRange SpecificationRange,
5840 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
5841 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
5842 Expr *NoexceptExpr);
5843
5844 class InheritedConstructorInfo;
5845
5846 /// Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
5847 /// definition when it is defaulted.
5848 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
5849 InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr,
5850 bool Diagnose = false);
5851
5852 /// Produce notes explaining why a defaulted function was defined as deleted.
5853 void DiagnoseDeletedDefaultedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
5854
5855 /// Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
5856 ///
5857 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
5858 /// default constructor will be added.
5859 ///
5860 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
5861 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
5862 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5863
5864 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
5865 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
5866 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5867 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5868
5869 /// Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
5870 ///
5871 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
5872 /// destructor will be added.
5873 ///
5874 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
5875 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5876
5877 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
5878 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
5879 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5880 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5881
5882 /// Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
5883 ///
5884 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
5885 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
5886 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5887
5888 /// Define the specified inheriting constructor.
5889 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5890 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5891
5892 /// Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
5893 ///
5894 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
5895 /// copy constructor will be added.
5896 ///
5897 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
5898 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5899
5900 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
5901 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
5902 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5903 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5904
5905 /// Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
5906 ///
5907 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
5908 /// move constructor will be added.
5909 ///
5910 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
5911 /// declared.
5912 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5913
5914 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
5915 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
5916 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5917 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5918
5919 /// Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
5920 ///
5921 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
5922 /// copy assignment operator will be added.
5923 ///
5924 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
5925 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5926
5927 /// Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
5928 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5929 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
5930
5931 /// Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
5932 ///
5933 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
5934 /// move assignment operator will be added.
5935 ///
5936 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
5937 /// wasn't declared.
5938 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5939
5940 /// Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
5941 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5942 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
5943
5944 /// Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
5945 /// class.
5946 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
5947
5948 /// Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member.
5949 void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD);
5950
5951 /// Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
5952 /// special member function.
5953 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
5954
5955 /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
5956 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
5957 ///
5958 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
5959 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
5960
5961 /// Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
5962 /// member function.
5963 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
5964
5965 /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
5966 /// static member function.
5967 ///
5968 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
5969 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
5970
5971 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
5972 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
5973 /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
5974 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
5975
5976 /// Wrap the expression in a ConstantExpr if it is a potential immediate
5977 /// invocation.
5978 ExprResult CheckForImmediateInvocation(ExprResult E, FunctionDecl *Decl);
5979
5980 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
5981 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
5982 SourceLocation Loc,
5983 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
5984 bool AllowExplicit = false,
5985 bool IsListInitialization = false);
5986
5987 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5988 SourceLocation NameLoc,
5989 IdentifierInfo &Name);
5990
5991 ParsedType getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5992 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5993 bool EnteringContext);
5994 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5995 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5996 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5997 ParsedType ObjectType,
5998 bool EnteringContext);
5999
6000 ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS,
6001 ParsedType ObjectType);
6002
6003 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
6004 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
6005 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
6006
6007 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse
6008 /// {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const,addrspace}_cast's.
6009 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6010 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6011 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
6012 Declarator &D,
6013 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
6014 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6015 Expr *E,
6016 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6017
6018 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6019 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6020 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
6021 Expr *E,
6022 SourceRange AngleBrackets,
6023 SourceRange Parens);
6024
6025 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, Declarator &Dcl,
6026 ExprResult Operand,
6027 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6028
6029 ExprResult BuildBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
6030 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6031
6032 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
6033 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
6034 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
6035 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6036 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
6037 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
6038 Expr *Operand,
6039 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6040
6041 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
6042 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6043 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
6044 void *TyOrExpr,
6045 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6046
6047 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
6048 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
6049 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
6050 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6051 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
6052 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
6053 Expr *Operand,
6054 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6055
6056 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
6057 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6058 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
6059 void *TyOrExpr,
6060 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6061
6062 /// Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
6063 ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
6064 tok::TokenKind Operator,
6065 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
6066 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6067 ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(UnresolvedLookupExpr *Callee,
6068 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
6069 BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
6070 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
6071 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6072 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6073 ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6074 BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
6075
6076 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer.
6077 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
6078
6079 /// Build a CXXThisExpr and mark it referenced in the current context.
6080 Expr *BuildCXXThisExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type, bool IsImplicit);
6081 void MarkThisReferenced(CXXThisExpr *This);
6082
6083 /// Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
6084 ///
6085 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
6086 QualType getCurrentThisType();
6087
6088 /// When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
6089 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
6090 /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
6091 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
6092
6093 /// RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
6094 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
6095 class CXXThisScopeRAII {
6096 Sema &S;
6097 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
6098 bool Enabled;
6099
6100 public:
6101 /// Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
6102 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
6103 /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
6104 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
6105 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, Qualifiers CXXThisTypeQuals,
6106 bool Enabled = true);
6107
6108 ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
6109 };
6110
6111 /// Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
6112 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
6113 ///
6114 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
6115 ///
6116 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
6117 /// capture list.
6118 ///
6119 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
6120 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
6121 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
6122 /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
6123 /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
6124 /// a non-static member function or a static function).
6125 /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
6126 bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
6127 bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
6128 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr,
6129 bool ByCopy = false);
6130
6131 /// Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
6132 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
6133 /// being defined.
6134 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
6135
6136 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
6137 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
6138
6139
6140 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
6141 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
6142
6143 ExprResult
6144 ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs,
6145 SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen);
6146
6147 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
6148 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
6149
6150 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
6151 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
6152 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
6153 bool IsThrownVarInScope);
6154 bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
6155
6156 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
6157 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
6158 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
6159 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
6160 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
6161 SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
6162 MultiExprArg Exprs,
6163 SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
6164 bool ListInitialization);
6165
6166 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
6167 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6168 MultiExprArg Exprs,
6169 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6170 bool ListInitialization);
6171
6172 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
6173 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
6174 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
6175 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
6176 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
6177 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
6178 Expr *Initializer);
6179 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
6180 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
6181 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
6182 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
6183 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
6184 QualType AllocType,
6185 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
6186 Optional<Expr *> ArraySize,
6187 SourceRange DirectInitRange,
6188 Expr *Initializer);
6189
6190 /// Determine whether \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation
6191 /// function that is unavailable.
6192 bool isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(const FunctionDecl &FD) const;
6193
6194 /// Produce diagnostics if \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation
6195 /// function that is unavailable.
6196 void diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD,
6197 SourceLocation Loc);
6198
6199 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
6200 SourceRange R);
6201
6202 /// The scope in which to find allocation functions.
6203 enum AllocationFunctionScope {
6204 /// Only look for allocation functions in the global scope.
6205 AFS_Global,
6206 /// Only look for allocation functions in the scope of the
6207 /// allocated class.
6208 AFS_Class,
6209 /// Look for allocation functions in both the global scope
6210 /// and in the scope of the allocated class.
6211 AFS_Both
6212 };
6213
6214 /// Finds the overloads of operator new and delete that are appropriate
6215 /// for the allocation.
6216 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
6217 AllocationFunctionScope NewScope,
6218 AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope,
6219 QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
6220 bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
6221 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
6222 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete,
6223 bool Diagnose = true);
6224 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
6225 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
6226 ArrayRef<QualType> Params);
6227
6228 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
6229 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
6230 bool Diagnose = true);
6231 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
6232 bool CanProvideSize,
6233 bool Overaligned,
6234 DeclarationName Name);
6235 FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc,
6236 CXXRecordDecl *RD);
6237
6238 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
6239 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
6240 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
6241 Expr *Operand);
6242 void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
6243 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
6244 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
6245 SourceLocation DtorLoc);
6246
6247 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
6248 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
6249 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
6250 SourceLocation RParen);
6251
6252 /// Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
6253 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
6254 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
6255 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6256 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
6257 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
6258 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6259
6260 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support
6261 /// pseudo-functions.
6262 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
6263 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6264 ParsedType LhsTy,
6265 Expr *DimExpr,
6266 SourceLocation RParen);
6267
6268 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
6269 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6270 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6271 Expr *DimExpr,
6272 SourceLocation RParen);
6273
6274 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
6275 /// pseudo-functions.
6276 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
6277 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6278 Expr *Queried,
6279 SourceLocation RParen);
6280
6281 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
6282 SourceLocation KWLoc,
6283 Expr *Queried,
6284 SourceLocation RParen);
6285
6286 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
6287 Expr *Base,
6288 SourceLocation OpLoc,
6289 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6290 ParsedType &ObjectType,
6291 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
6292
6293 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
6294 SourceLocation OpLoc,
6295 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6296 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6297 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
6298 SourceLocation CCLoc,
6299 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6300 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
6301
6302 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6303 SourceLocation OpLoc,
6304 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6305 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6306 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
6307 SourceLocation CCLoc,
6308 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6309 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
6310
6311 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6312 SourceLocation OpLoc,
6313 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6314 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6315 const DeclSpec& DS);
6316
6317 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
6318 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
6319 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
6320 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
6321 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
6322 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
6323
6324 MaterializeTemporaryExpr *
6325 CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary,
6326 bool BoundToLvalueReference);
6327
6328 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, bool DiscardedValue) {
6329 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(
6330 Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), DiscardedValue);
6331 }
6332 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
6333 bool DiscardedValue, bool IsConstexpr = false);
6334 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
6335
6336 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
6337 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
6338
6339 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
6340 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6341 bool EnteringContext = false);
6342 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6343 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
6344
6345 /// The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
6346 ///
6347 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
6348 ///
6349 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
6350 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
6351 ///
6352 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6353 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6354
6355 /// The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
6356 ///
6357 /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
6358 ///
6359 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
6360 ///
6361 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
6362 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
6363 ///
6364 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6365 bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6366 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6367
6368 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
6369 bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
6370 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
6371
6372 /// Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec.
6373 ///
6374 struct NestedNameSpecInfo {
6375 /// The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in
6376 /// a member access expression.
6377 ParsedType ObjectType;
6378
6379 /// The identifier preceding the '::'.
6380 IdentifierInfo *Identifier;
6381
6382 /// The location of the identifier.
6383 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc;
6384
6385 /// The location of the '::'.
6386 SourceLocation CCLoc;
6387
6388 /// Creates info object for the most typical case.
6389 NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
6390 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType())
6391 : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc),
6392 CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
6393 }
6394
6395 NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
6396 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType)
6397 : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II),
6398 IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
6399 }
6400 };
6401
6402 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6403 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo);
6404
6405 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
6406 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
6407 bool EnteringContext,
6408 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6409 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
6410 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
6411 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr,
6412 bool OnlyNamespace = false);
6413
6414 /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
6415 ///
6416 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
6417 ///
6418 /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the
6419 /// nested-name-spec.
6420 ///
6421 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
6422 /// this nested-name-specifier.
6423 ///
6424 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
6425 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
6426 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
6427 /// including this new type).
6428 ///
6429 /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
6430 /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
6431 ///
6432 /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
6433 /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
6434 /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
6435 ///
6436 /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup.
6437 ///
6438 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6439 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
6440 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
6441 bool EnteringContext,
6442 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6443 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
6444 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr,
6445 bool OnlyNamespace = false);
6446
6447 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
6448
6449 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6450 const DeclSpec &DS,
6451 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
6452
6453 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6454 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
6455 bool EnteringContext);
6456
6457 /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
6458 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
6459 ///
6460 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
6461 ///
6462 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
6463 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
6464 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
6465 /// including this new type).
6466 ///
6467 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
6468 /// \param TemplateName the template name.
6469 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
6470 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
6471 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
6472 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
6473 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
6474 ///
6475 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
6476 /// nested-name-specifier.
6477 ///
6478 ///
6479 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6480 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
6481 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6482 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
6483 TemplateTy TemplateName,
6484 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
6485 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6486 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6487 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6488 SourceLocation CCLoc,
6489 bool EnteringContext);
6490
6491 /// Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
6492 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
6493 /// nested-name-specifier.
6494 ///
6495 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
6496 ///
6497 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
6498 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
6499 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6500
6501 /// Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
6502 /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
6503 ///
6504 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
6505 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
6506 ///
6507 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
6508 ///
6509 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
6510 /// of the annotation pointer.
6511 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
6512 SourceRange AnnotationRange,
6513 CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6514
6515 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6516
6517 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
6518 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
6519 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
6520 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
6521 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
6522 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
6523 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6524
6525 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
6526 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
6527 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
6528 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
6529 /// defining scope.
6530 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6531
6532 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
6533 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
6534 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
6535 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
6536 /// class X.
6537 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
6538
6539 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
6540 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
6541 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
6542
6543 /// Create a new lambda closure type.
6544 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
6545 TypeSourceInfo *Info,
6546 bool KnownDependent,
6547 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
6548
6549 /// Start the definition of a lambda expression.
6550 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
6551 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
6552 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
6553 SourceLocation EndLoc,
6554 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
6555 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind,
6556 Expr *TrailingRequiresClause);
6557
6558 /// Number lambda for linkage purposes if necessary.
6559 void handleLambdaNumbering(
6560 CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXMethodDecl *Method,
6561 Optional<std::tuple<bool, unsigned, unsigned, Decl *>> Mangling = None);
6562
6563 /// Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
6564 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
6565 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
6566 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
6567 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
6568 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
6569 bool ExplicitParams,
6570 bool ExplicitResultType,
6571 bool Mutable);
6572
6573 /// Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
6574 /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
6575 /// not being used to initialize a reference.
6576 ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
6577 SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6578 IdentifierInfo *Id, LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) {
6579 return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
6580 Loc, ByRef, EllipsisLoc, None, Id,
6581 InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init));
6582 }
6583 QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
6584 SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6585 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, IdentifierInfo *Id, bool DirectInit,
6586 Expr *&Init);
6587
6588 /// Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
6589 /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
6590 ///
6591 /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
6592 /// variables appropriately.
6593 VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
6594 QualType InitCaptureType,
6595 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6596 IdentifierInfo *Id,
6597 unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init);
6598
6599 /// Add an init-capture to a lambda scope.
6600 void addInitCapture(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
6601
6602 /// Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
6603 /// given lambda.
6604 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
6605
6606 /// \brief This is called after parsing the explicit template parameter list
6607 /// on a lambda (if it exists) in C++2a.
6608 void ActOnLambdaExplicitTemplateParameterList(SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6609 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> TParams,
6610 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6611 ExprResult RequiresClause);
6612
6613 /// Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
6614 void addLambdaParameters(
6615 ArrayRef<LambdaIntroducer::LambdaCapture> Captures,
6616 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
6617
6618 /// Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
6619 /// statements present in the body.
6620 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
6621
6622 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
6623 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
6624 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
6625 /// lambda.
6626 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
6627 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
6628
6629 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
6630 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
6631 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
6632 bool IsInstantiation = false);
6633
6634 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
6635 /// was successfully completed.
6636 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
6637 Scope *CurScope);
6638
6639 /// Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects?
6640 bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::Capture &From);
6641
6642 /// Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused. Returns true if a
6643 /// diagnostic is emitted.
6644 bool DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(SourceRange CaptureRange,
6645 const sema::Capture &From);
6646
6647 /// Build a FieldDecl suitable to hold the given capture.
6648 FieldDecl *BuildCaptureField(RecordDecl *RD, const sema::Capture &Capture);
6649
6650 /// Initialize the given capture with a suitable expression.
6651 ExprResult BuildCaptureInit(const sema::Capture &Capture,
6652 SourceLocation ImplicitCaptureLoc,
6653 bool IsOpenMPMapping = false);
6654
6655 /// Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the
6656 /// lambda body.
6657 ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
6658 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
6659
6660 /// Get the return type to use for a lambda's conversion function(s) to
6661 /// function pointer type, given the type of the call operator.
6662 QualType
6663 getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType(const FunctionProtoType *CallOpType,
6664 CallingConv CC);
6665
6666 /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
6667 /// function pointer.
6668 ///
6669 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
6670 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
6671 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
6672 /// block pointer conversion.
6673 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
6674 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
6675
6676 /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
6677 /// block pointer.
6678 ///
6679 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
6680 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
6681 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
6682 /// block pointer conversion.
6683 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
6684 CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
6685
6686 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
6687 SourceLocation ConvLocation,
6688 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
6689 Expr *Src);
6690
6691 /// Check whether the given expression is a valid constraint expression.
6692 /// A diagnostic is emitted if it is not, false is returned, and
6693 /// PossibleNonPrimary will be set to true if the failure might be due to a
6694 /// non-primary expression being used as an atomic constraint.
6695 bool CheckConstraintExpression(const Expr *CE, Token NextToken = Token(),
6696 bool *PossibleNonPrimary = nullptr,
6697 bool IsTrailingRequiresClause = false);
6698
6699private:
6700 /// Caches pairs of template-like decls whose associated constraints were
6701 /// checked for subsumption and whether or not the first's constraints did in
6702 /// fact subsume the second's.
6703 llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<NamedDecl *, NamedDecl *>, bool> SubsumptionCache;
6704 /// Caches the normalized associated constraints of declarations (concepts or
6705 /// constrained declarations). If an error occurred while normalizing the
6706 /// associated constraints of the template or concept, nullptr will be cached
6707 /// here.
6708 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, NormalizedConstraint *>
6709 NormalizationCache;
6710
6711 llvm::ContextualFoldingSet<ConstraintSatisfaction, const ASTContext &>
6712 SatisfactionCache;
6713
6714public:
6715 const NormalizedConstraint *
6716 getNormalizedAssociatedConstraints(
6717 NamedDecl *ConstrainedDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AssociatedConstraints);
6718
6719 /// \brief Check whether the given declaration's associated constraints are
6720 /// at least as constrained than another declaration's according to the
6721 /// partial ordering of constraints.
6722 ///
6723 /// \param Result If no error occurred, receives the result of true if D1 is
6724 /// at least constrained than D2, and false otherwise.
6725 ///
6726 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6727 bool IsAtLeastAsConstrained(NamedDecl *D1, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC1,
6728 NamedDecl *D2, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC2,
6729 bool &Result);
6730
6731 /// If D1 was not at least as constrained as D2, but would've been if a pair
6732 /// of atomic constraints involved had been declared in a concept and not
6733 /// repeated in two separate places in code.
6734 /// \returns true if such a diagnostic was emitted, false otherwise.
6735 bool MaybeEmitAmbiguousAtomicConstraintsDiagnostic(NamedDecl *D1,
6736 ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC1, NamedDecl *D2, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC2);
6737
6738 /// \brief Check whether the given list of constraint expressions are
6739 /// satisfied (as if in a 'conjunction') given template arguments.
6740 /// \param Template the template-like entity that triggered the constraints
6741 /// check (either a concept or a constrained entity).
6742 /// \param ConstraintExprs a list of constraint expressions, treated as if
6743 /// they were 'AND'ed together.
6744 /// \param TemplateArgs the list of template arguments to substitute into the
6745 /// constraint expression.
6746 /// \param TemplateIDRange The source range of the template id that
6747 /// caused the constraints check.
6748 /// \param Satisfaction if true is returned, will contain details of the
6749 /// satisfaction, with enough information to diagnose an unsatisfied
6750 /// expression.
6751 /// \returns true if an error occurred and satisfaction could not be checked,
6752 /// false otherwise.
6753 bool CheckConstraintSatisfaction(
6754 const NamedDecl *Template, ArrayRef<const Expr *> ConstraintExprs,
6755 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6756 SourceRange TemplateIDRange, ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction);
6757
6758 /// \brief Check whether the given non-dependent constraint expression is
6759 /// satisfied. Returns false and updates Satisfaction with the satisfaction
6760 /// verdict if successful, emits a diagnostic and returns true if an error
6761 /// occured and satisfaction could not be determined.
6762 ///
6763 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6764 bool CheckConstraintSatisfaction(const Expr *ConstraintExpr,
6765 ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction);
6766
6767 /// Check whether the given function decl's trailing requires clause is
6768 /// satisfied, if any. Returns false and updates Satisfaction with the
6769 /// satisfaction verdict if successful, emits a diagnostic and returns true if
6770 /// an error occured and satisfaction could not be determined.
6771 ///
6772 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6773 bool CheckFunctionConstraints(const FunctionDecl *FD,
6774 ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction,
6775 SourceLocation UsageLoc = SourceLocation());
6776
6777
6778 /// \brief Ensure that the given template arguments satisfy the constraints
6779 /// associated with the given template, emitting a diagnostic if they do not.
6780 ///
6781 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
6782 /// provided.
6783 ///
6784 /// \param TemplateArgs The converted, canonicalized template arguments.
6785 ///
6786 /// \param TemplateIDRange The source range of the template id that
6787 /// caused the constraints check.
6788 ///
6789 /// \returns true if the constrains are not satisfied or could not be checked
6790 /// for satisfaction, false if the constraints are satisfied.
6791 bool EnsureTemplateArgumentListConstraints(TemplateDecl *Template,
6792 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6793 SourceRange TemplateIDRange);
6794
6795 /// \brief Emit diagnostics explaining why a constraint expression was deemed
6796 /// unsatisfied.
6797 /// \param First whether this is the first time an unsatisfied constraint is
6798 /// diagnosed for this error.
6799 void
6800 DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(const ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction,
6801 bool First = true);
6802
6803 /// \brief Emit diagnostics explaining why a constraint expression was deemed
6804 /// unsatisfied.
6805 void
6806 DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(const ASTConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction,
6807 bool First = true);
6808
6809 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
6810 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
6811 ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings);
6812
6813 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
6814
6815 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
6816 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
6817 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
6818 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
6819 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
6820 bool Value);
6821 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
6822
6823 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
6824 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
6825 /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type
6826 /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *",
6827 /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'.
6828 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
6829
6830 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
6831 Expr *IndexExpr,
6832 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
6833 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
6834
6835 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
6836 MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements);
6837
6838 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
6839 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
6840 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6841 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
6842 CXXConversionDecl *Method,
6843 bool HadMultipleCandidates);
6844
6845 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
6846 SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
6847 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6848 ParsedType Ty,
6849 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6850
6851 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
6852 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
6853 SourceLocation AtLoc,
6854 SourceLocation SelLoc,
6855 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6856 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6857 bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
6858
6859 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
6860 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
6861 SourceLocation AtLoc,
6862 SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
6863 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6864 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
6865 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6866
6867 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6868 // C++ Declarations
6869 //
6870 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
6871 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
6872 Expr *LangStr,
6873 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
6874 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
6875 Decl *LinkageSpec,
6876 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
6877
6878
6879 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6880 // C++ Classes
6881 //
6882 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentClass(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
6883 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
6884 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
6885 bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
6886
6887 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, SourceLocation ASLoc,
6888 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
6889 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs);
6890
6891 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
6892 Declarator &D,
6893 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
6894 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
6895 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
6896
6897 void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
6898 void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
6899 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
6900 Expr *Init);
6901
6902 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
6903 Scope *S,
6904 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6905 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
6906 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
6907 const DeclSpec &DS,
6908 SourceLocation IdLoc,
6909 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6910 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6911 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6912 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6913
6914 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
6915 Scope *S,
6916 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6917 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
6918 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
6919 const DeclSpec &DS,
6920 SourceLocation IdLoc,
6921 Expr *InitList,
6922 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6923
6924 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
6925 Scope *S,
6926 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6927 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
6928 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
6929 const DeclSpec &DS,
6930 SourceLocation IdLoc,
6931 Expr *Init,
6932 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6933
6934 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
6935 Expr *Init,
6936 SourceLocation IdLoc);
6937
6938 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
6939 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
6940 Expr *Init,
6941 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
6942 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6943
6944 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6945 Expr *Init,
6946 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
6947
6948 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
6949 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
6950
6951 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
6952 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
6953
6954 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
6955
6956
6957 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
6958 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
6959 /// referenced.
6960 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
6961 CXXRecordDecl *Record);
6962
6963 /// Mark destructors of virtual bases of this class referenced. In the Itanium
6964 /// C++ ABI, this is done when emitting a destructor for any non-abstract
6965 /// class. In the Microsoft C++ ABI, this is done any time a class's
6966 /// destructor is referenced.
6967 void MarkVirtualBaseDestructorsReferenced(
6968 SourceLocation Location, CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
6969 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const RecordType *> *DirectVirtualBases = nullptr);
6970
6971 /// Do semantic checks to allow the complete destructor variant to be emitted
6972 /// when the destructor is defined in another translation unit. In the Itanium
6973 /// C++ ABI, destructor variants are emitted together. In the MS C++ ABI, they
6974 /// can be emitted in separate TUs. To emit the complete variant, run a subset
6975 /// of the checks performed when emitting a regular destructor.
6976 void CheckCompleteDestructorVariant(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
6977 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor);
6978
6979 /// The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
6980 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
6981 /// first use occurred.
6982 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
6983
6984 /// The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
6985 /// materialized.
6986 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
6987
6988 /// The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
6989 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
6990 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
6991 /// by code generation).
6992 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
6993
6994 /// Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
6995 void LoadExternalVTableUses();
6996
6997 /// Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
6998 /// given location.
6999 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
7000 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7001
7002 /// Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
7003 /// in the given class as needed.
7004 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
7005 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
7006
7007 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
7008 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
7009 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
7010 bool ConstexprOnly = false);
7011
7012 /// Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
7013 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
7014 /// vtables.
7015 ///
7016 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
7017 bool DefineUsedVTables();
7018
7019 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
7020
7021 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
7022 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7023 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
7024 bool AnyErrors);
7025
7026 /// Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must
7027 /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later
7028 /// when all outer classes of Class are complete.
7029 void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
7030 void checkClassLevelCodeSegAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
7031
7032 void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods();
7033
7034 void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate(
7035 CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr,
7036 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec,
7037 SourceLocation BaseLoc);
7038
7039 /// Add gsl::Pointer attribute to std::container::iterator
7040 /// \param ND The declaration that introduces the name
7041 /// std::container::iterator. \param UnderlyingRecord The record named by ND.
7042 void inferGslPointerAttribute(NamedDecl *ND, CXXRecordDecl *UnderlyingRecord);
7043
7044 /// Add [[gsl::Owner]] and [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types.
7045 void inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
7046
7047 /// Add [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types.
7048 void inferGslPointerAttribute(TypedefNameDecl *TD);
7049
7050 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(Scope *S, CXXRecordDecl *Record);
7051
7052 /// Check that the C++ class annoated with "trivial_abi" satisfies all the
7053 /// conditions that are needed for the attribute to have an effect.
7054 void checkIllFormedTrivialABIStruct(CXXRecordDecl &RD);
7055
7056 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope *S, SourceLocation RLoc,
7057 Decl *TagDecl, SourceLocation LBrac,
7058 SourceLocation RBrac,
7059 const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
7060 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
7061 void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass();
7062
7063 void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
7064 unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Decl *Template,
7065 llvm::function_ref<Scope *()> EnterScope);
7066 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
7067 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
7068 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
7069 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
7070 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
7071 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
7072 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
7073 CachedTokens &Toks);
7074 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
7075 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
7076
7077 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
7078 Expr *AssertExpr,
7079 Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
7080 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7081 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
7082 Expr *AssertExpr,
7083 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
7084 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7085 bool Failed);
7086
7087 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
7088 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
7089 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
7090 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
7091 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
7092 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
7093 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
7094
7095 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
7096 StorageClass& SC);
7097 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
7098 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
7099 StorageClass& SC);
7100 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
7101 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
7102 StorageClass& SC);
7103 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
7104 void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
7105 StorageClass &SC);
7106 void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD);
7107
7108 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedFunction(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *MD);
7109
7110 bool CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
7111 CXXSpecialMember CSM);
7112 void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
7113
7114 bool CheckExplicitlyDefaultedComparison(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *MD,
7115 DefaultedComparisonKind DCK);
7116 void DeclareImplicitEqualityComparison(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
7117 FunctionDecl *Spaceship);
7118 void DefineDefaultedComparison(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *FD,
7119 DefaultedComparisonKind DCK);
7120
7121 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7122 // C++ Derived Classes
7123 //
7124
7125 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
7126 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
7127 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
7128 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
7129 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7130 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
7131
7132 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
7133 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
7134 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
7135 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
7136 ParsedType basetype,
7137 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
7138 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
7139
7140 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
7141 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
7142 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl,
7143 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
7144
7145 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base);
7146 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base,
7147 CXXBasePaths &Paths);
7148
7149 // FIXME: I don't like this name.
7150 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
7151
7152 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
7153 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7154 CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
7155 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
7156 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
7157 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
7158 unsigned AmbiguousBaseConvID,
7159 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7160 DeclarationName Name,
7161 CXXCastPath *BasePath,
7162 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
7163
7164 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
7165
7166 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
7167 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
7168
7169 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
7170 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
7171 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
7172 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
7173
7174 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
7175 /// spec is a subset of base spec.
7176 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
7177 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
7178
7179 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
7180
7181 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
7182 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
7183
7184 /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
7185 /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
7186 void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D, bool Inconsistent);
7187
7188 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
7189 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
7190 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
7191 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
7192 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
7193
7194
7195 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7196 // C++ Access Control
7197 //
7198
7199 enum AccessResult {
7200 AR_accessible,
7201 AR_inaccessible,
7202 AR_dependent,
7203 AR_delayed
7204 };
7205
7206 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
7207 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
7208 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
7209
7210 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
7211 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
7212 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
7213 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
7214 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
7215 SourceRange PlacementRange,
7216 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
7217 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
7218 bool Diagnose = true);
7219 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
7220 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
7221 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
7222 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
7223 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
7224 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
7225 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
7226 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
7227 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
7228 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
7229 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
7230 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
7231 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
7232 QualType objectType = QualType());
7233 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
7234 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
7235 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
7236 DeclAccessPair Found);
7237 AccessResult
7238 CheckStructuredBindingMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
7239 CXXRecordDecl *DecomposedClass,
7240 DeclAccessPair Field);
7241 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
7242 Expr *ObjectExpr,
7243 Expr *ArgExpr,
7244 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
7245 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
7246 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
7247 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
7248 QualType Base, QualType Derived,
7249 const CXXBasePath &Path,
7250 unsigned DiagID,
7251 bool ForceCheck = false,
7252 bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
7253 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
7254 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *Decl, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
7255 QualType BaseType);
7256 bool isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
7257 DeclAccessPair Found, QualType ObjectType,
7258 SourceLocation Loc,
7259 const PartialDiagnostic &Diag);
7260 bool isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
7261 DeclAccessPair Found,
7262 QualType ObjectType) {
7263 return isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(NamingClass, Found, ObjectType,
7264 SourceLocation(), PDiag());
7265 }
7266
7267 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
7268 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7269 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
7270 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7271
7272 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
7273
7274 /// When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
7275 /// failures rather than hard errors.
7276 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
7277
7278 enum AbstractDiagSelID {
7279 AbstractNone = -1,
7280 AbstractReturnType,
7281 AbstractParamType,
7282 AbstractVariableType,
7283 AbstractFieldType,
7284 AbstractIvarType,
7285 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
7286 AbstractArrayType
7287 };
7288
7289 bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
7290 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
7291 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
7292 template <typename... Ts>
7293 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
7294 const Ts &...Args) {
7295 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
7296 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
7297 }
7298
7299 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
7300
7301 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7302 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
7303 //
7304
7305 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
7306
7307 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
7308
7309 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7310 // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
7311 //
7312 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
7313 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true,
7314 bool AllowDependent = true);
7315 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
7316 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true,
7317 bool AllowDependent = true,
7318 bool AllowNonTemplateFunctions = false);
7319 /// Try to interpret the lookup result D as a template-name.
7320 ///
7321 /// \param D A declaration found by name lookup.
7322 /// \param AllowFunctionTemplates Whether function templates should be
7323 /// considered valid results.
7324 /// \param AllowDependent Whether unresolved using declarations (that might
7325 /// name templates) should be considered valid results.
7326 static NamedDecl *getAsTemplateNameDecl(NamedDecl *D,
7327 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true,
7328 bool AllowDependent = true);
7329
7330 enum TemplateNameIsRequiredTag { TemplateNameIsRequired };
7331 /// Whether and why a template name is required in this lookup.
7332 class RequiredTemplateKind {
7333 public:
7334 /// Template name is required if TemplateKWLoc is valid.
7335 RequiredTemplateKind(SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation())
7336 : TemplateKW(TemplateKWLoc) {}
7337 /// Template name is unconditionally required.
7338 RequiredTemplateKind(TemplateNameIsRequiredTag) : TemplateKW() {}
7339
7340 SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const {
7341 return TemplateKW.getValueOr(SourceLocation());
7342 }
7343 bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); }
7344 bool isRequired() const { return TemplateKW != SourceLocation(); }
7345 explicit operator bool() const { return isRequired(); }
7346
7347 private:
7348 llvm::Optional<SourceLocation> TemplateKW;
7349 };
7350
7351 enum class AssumedTemplateKind {
7352 /// This is not assumed to be a template name.
7353 None,
7354 /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found nothing.
7355 FoundNothing,
7356 /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found one or more
7357 /// functions (but no function templates).
7358 FoundFunctions,
7359 };
7360 bool LookupTemplateName(
7361 LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType ObjectType,
7362 bool EnteringContext, bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization,
7363 RequiredTemplateKind RequiredTemplate = SourceLocation(),
7364 AssumedTemplateKind *ATK = nullptr, bool AllowTypoCorrection = true);
7365
7366 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
7367 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7368 bool hasTemplateKeyword,
7369 const UnqualifiedId &Name,
7370 ParsedType ObjectType,
7371 bool EnteringContext,
7372 TemplateTy &Template,
7373 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization,
7374 bool Disambiguation = false);
7375
7376 /// Try to resolve an undeclared template name as a type template.
7377 ///
7378 /// Sets II to the identifier corresponding to the template name, and updates
7379 /// Name to a corresponding (typo-corrected) type template name and TNK to
7380 /// the corresponding kind, if possible.
7381 void ActOnUndeclaredTypeTemplateName(Scope *S, TemplateTy &Name,
7382 TemplateNameKind &TNK,
7383 SourceLocation NameLoc,
7384 IdentifierInfo *&II);
7385
7386 bool resolveAssumedTemplateNameAsType(Scope *S, TemplateName &Name,
7387 SourceLocation NameLoc,
7388 bool Diagnose = true);
7389
7390 /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z
7391 /// deduction-guide declaration.
7392 bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name,
7393 SourceLocation NameLoc,
7394 ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr);
7395
7396 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
7397 SourceLocation IILoc,
7398 Scope *S,
7399 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
7400 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
7401 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
7402
7403 bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7404 NamedDecl *Instantiation,
7405 bool InstantiatedFromMember,
7406 const NamedDecl *Pattern,
7407 const NamedDecl *PatternDef,
7408 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7409 bool Complain = true);
7410
7411 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
7412 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
7413
7414 NamedDecl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
7415 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
7416 SourceLocation KeyLoc,
7417 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
7418 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
7419 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
7420 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
7421 ParsedType DefaultArg, bool HasTypeConstraint);
7422
7423 bool ActOnTypeConstraint(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7424 TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint,
7425 TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter,
7426 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
7427
7428 bool AttachTypeConstraint(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NS,
7429 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
7430 ConceptDecl *NamedConcept,
7431 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
7432 TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter,
7433 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
7434
7435 bool AttachTypeConstraint(AutoTypeLoc TL,
7436 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter,
7437 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
7438
7439 bool RequireStructuralType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
7440
7441 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI,
7442 SourceLocation Loc);
7443 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
7444
7445 NamedDecl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
7446 unsigned Depth,
7447 unsigned Position,
7448 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
7449 Expr *DefaultArg);
7450 NamedDecl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
7451 SourceLocation TmpLoc,
7452 TemplateParameterList *Params,
7453 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
7454 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
7455 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
7456 unsigned Depth,
7457 unsigned Position,
7458 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
7459 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
7460
7461 TemplateParameterList *
7462 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
7463 SourceLocation ExportLoc,
7464 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7465 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
7466 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params,
7467 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
7468 Expr *RequiresClause);
7469
7470 /// The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
7471 enum TemplateParamListContext {
7472 TPC_ClassTemplate,
7473 TPC_VarTemplate,
7474 TPC_FunctionTemplate,
7475 TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
7476 TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
7477 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
7478 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
7479 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
7480 };
7481
7482 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
7483 TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
7484 TemplateParamListContext TPC,
7485 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
7486 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7487 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
7488 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
7489 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
7490 bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid,
7491 bool SuppressDiagnostic = false);
7492
7493 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(
7494 Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc,
7495 CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
7496 const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
7497 AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
7498 SourceLocation FriendLoc, unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
7499 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
7500 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
7501
7502 TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
7503 QualType NTTPType,
7504 SourceLocation Loc);
7505
7506 /// Get a template argument mapping the given template parameter to itself,
7507 /// e.g. for X in \c template<int X>, this would return an expression template
7508 /// argument referencing X.
7509 TemplateArgumentLoc getIdentityTemplateArgumentLoc(NamedDecl *Param,
7510 SourceLocation Location);
7511
7512 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
7513 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
7514
7515 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnTemplateTypeArgument(TypeResult ParsedType);
7516
7517 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
7518
7519 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
7520 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7521 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
7522
7523 TypeResult
7524 ActOnTemplateIdType(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
7525 TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII,
7526 SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
7527 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
7528 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, bool IsClassName = false);
7529
7530 /// Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
7531 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
7532 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
7533 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
7534 SourceLocation TagLoc,
7535 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7536 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
7537 TemplateTy TemplateD,
7538 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7539 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
7540 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
7541 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
7542
7543 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
7544 Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
7545 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
7546 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
7547
7548 /// Get the specialization of the given variable template corresponding to
7549 /// the specified argument list, or a null-but-valid result if the arguments
7550 /// are dependent.
7551 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
7552 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7553 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
7554 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
7555
7556 /// Form a reference to the specialization of the given variable template
7557 /// corresponding to the specified argument list, or a null-but-valid result
7558 /// if the arguments are dependent.
7559 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7560 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
7561 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
7562 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7563 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
7564
7565 ExprResult
7566 CheckConceptTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7567 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
7568 const DeclarationNameInfo &ConceptNameInfo,
7569 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, ConceptDecl *NamedConcept,
7570 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
7571
7572 void diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc);
7573
7574 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7575 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
7576 LookupResult &R,
7577 bool RequiresADL,
7578 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
7579
7580 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7581 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
7582 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
7583 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
7584
7585 TemplateNameKind ActOnTemplateName(
7586 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
7587 const UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
7588 TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false);
7589
7590 DeclResult ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(
7591 Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc,
7592 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7593 TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr,
7594 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
7595 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
7596
7597 bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
7598 TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate,
7599 unsigned NumExplicitArgs,
7600 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);
7601 void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
7602 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
7603 void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
7604 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
7605
7606 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
7607 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
7608 Declarator &D);
7609
7610 bool
7611 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
7612 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
7613 NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
7614 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
7615 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
7616 bool &SuppressNew);
7617
7618 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
7619 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
7620 LookupResult &Previous);
7621
7622 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
7623 FunctionDecl *FD, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
7624 LookupResult &Previous, bool QualifiedFriend = false);
7625 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
7626 void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
7627
7628 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(
7629 Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7630 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7631 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
7632 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
7633 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr);
7634
7635 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc,
7636 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7637 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc,
7638 CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name,
7639 SourceLocation NameLoc,
7640 const ParsedAttributesView &Attr);
7641
7642 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
7643 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
7644 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7645 Declarator &D);
7646
7647 TemplateArgumentLoc
7648 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
7649 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7650 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
7651 Decl *Param,
7652 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
7653 &Converted,
7654 bool &HasDefaultArg);
7655
7656 /// Specifies the context in which a particular template
7657 /// argument is being checked.
7658 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
7659 /// The template argument was specified in the code or was
7660 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
7661 CTAK_Specified,
7662
7663 /// The template argument was deduced via template argument
7664 /// deduction.
7665 CTAK_Deduced,
7666
7667 /// The template argument was deduced from an array bound
7668 /// via template argument deduction.
7669 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
7670 };
7671
7672 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
7673 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
7674 NamedDecl *Template,
7675 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7676 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
7677 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
7678 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
7679 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
7680
7681 /// Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
7682 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
7683 ///
7684 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
7685 /// provided.
7686 ///
7687 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
7688 ///
7689 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
7690 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
7691 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
7692 /// arguments.
7693 ///
7694 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
7695 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
7696 /// set of template arguments.
7697 ///
7698 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
7699 /// arguments.
7700 ///
7701 /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to
7702 /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written.
7703 /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified.
7704 ///
7705 /// \param ConstraintsNotSatisfied If provided, and an error occured, will
7706 /// receive true if the cause for the error is the associated constraints of
7707 /// the template not being satisfied by the template arguments.
7708 ///
7709 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
7710 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
7711 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7712 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
7713 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
7714 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
7715 bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true,
7716 bool *ConstraintsNotSatisfied = nullptr);
7717
7718 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
7719 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
7720 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
7721
7722 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
7723 TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
7724 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
7725 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
7726 TemplateArgument &Converted,
7727 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
7728 bool CheckTemplateTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
7729 TemplateParameterList *Params,
7730 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg);
7731
7732 ExprResult
7733 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
7734 QualType ParamType,
7735 SourceLocation Loc);
7736 ExprResult
7737 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
7738 SourceLocation Loc);
7739
7740 /// Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
7741 /// for equality.
7742 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
7743 /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
7744 /// that might be redeclarations.
7745 ///
7746 /// \code
7747 /// template<typename T> struct X;
7748 /// template<typename T> struct X;
7749 /// \endcode
7750 TPL_TemplateMatch,
7751
7752 /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
7753 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
7754 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
7755 ///
7756 /// \code
7757 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
7758 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
7759 /// \endcode
7760 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
7761
7762 /// We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
7763 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
7764 /// template parameter.
7765 ///
7766 /// \code
7767 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
7768 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
7769 /// X<integer_c> xic;
7770 /// \endcode
7771 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
7772 };
7773
7774 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
7775 TemplateParameterList *Old,
7776 bool Complain,
7777 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
7778 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
7779 = SourceLocation());
7780
7781 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
7782
7783 /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
7784 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
7785 ///
7786 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
7787 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
7788 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
7789 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
7790 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
7791 TypeResult
7792 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
7793 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
7794 SourceLocation IdLoc);
7795
7796 /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
7797 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
7798 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
7799 ///
7800 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
7801 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
7802 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
7803 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
7804 /// \param TemplateName The template name.
7805 /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template.
7806 /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name.
7807 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
7808 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
7809 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
7810 TypeResult
7811 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
7812 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7813 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
7814 TemplateTy TemplateName,
7815 IdentifierInfo *TemplateII,
7816 SourceLocation TemplateIILoc,
7817 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
7818 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
7819 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
7820
7821 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
7822 SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
7823 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
7824 const IdentifierInfo &II,
7825 SourceLocation IILoc,
7826 TypeSourceInfo **TSI,
7827 bool DeducedTSTContext);
7828
7829 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
7830 SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
7831 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
7832 const IdentifierInfo &II,
7833 SourceLocation IILoc,
7834 bool DeducedTSTContext = true);
7835
7836
7837 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
7838 SourceLocation Loc,
7839 DeclarationName Name);
7840 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
7841
7842 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
7843 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
7844 TemplateParameterList *Params);
7845
7846 std::string
7847 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
7848 const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
7849
7850 std::string
7851 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
7852 const TemplateArgument *Args,
7853 unsigned NumArgs);
7854
7855 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7856 // C++ Concepts
7857 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7858 Decl *ActOnConceptDefinition(
7859 Scope *S, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
7860 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *ConstraintExpr);
7861
7862 RequiresExprBodyDecl *
7863 ActOnStartRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc,
7864 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters,
7865 Scope *BodyScope);
7866 void ActOnFinishRequiresExpr();
7867 concepts::Requirement *ActOnSimpleRequirement(Expr *E);
7868 concepts::Requirement *ActOnTypeRequirement(
7869 SourceLocation TypenameKWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation NameLoc,
7870 IdentifierInfo *TypeName, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId);
7871 concepts::Requirement *ActOnCompoundRequirement(Expr *E,
7872 SourceLocation NoexceptLoc);
7873 concepts::Requirement *
7874 ActOnCompoundRequirement(
7875 Expr *E, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7876 TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, unsigned Depth);
7877 concepts::Requirement *ActOnNestedRequirement(Expr *Constraint);
7878 concepts::ExprRequirement *
7879 BuildExprRequirement(
7880 Expr *E, bool IsSatisfied, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc,
7881 concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement);
7882 concepts::ExprRequirement *
7883 BuildExprRequirement(
7884 concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *ExprSubstDiag,
7885 bool IsSatisfied, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc,
7886 concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement);
7887 concepts::TypeRequirement *BuildTypeRequirement(TypeSourceInfo *Type);
7888 concepts::TypeRequirement *
7889 BuildTypeRequirement(
7890 concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag);
7891 concepts::NestedRequirement *BuildNestedRequirement(Expr *E);
7892 concepts::NestedRequirement *
7893 BuildNestedRequirement(
7894 concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag);
7895 ExprResult ActOnRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc,
7896 RequiresExprBodyDecl *Body,
7897 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters,
7898 ArrayRef<concepts::Requirement *> Requirements,
7899 SourceLocation ClosingBraceLoc);
7900
7901 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7902 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
7903 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7904
7905 /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
7906 /// location. Useful for error recovery.
7907 bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
7908
7909 /// The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
7910 /// being diagnosed.
7911 ///
7912 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
7913 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
7914 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
7915 /// An arbitrary expression.
7916 UPPC_Expression = 0,
7917
7918 /// The base type of a class type.
7919 UPPC_BaseType,
7920
7921 /// The type of an arbitrary declaration.
7922 UPPC_DeclarationType,
7923
7924 /// The type of a data member.
7925 UPPC_DataMemberType,
7926
7927 /// The size of a bit-field.
7928 UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
7929
7930 /// The expression in a static assertion.
7931 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
7932
7933 /// The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
7934 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
7935
7936 /// The enumerator value.
7937 UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
7938
7939 /// A using declaration.
7940 UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
7941
7942 /// A friend declaration.
7943 UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
7944
7945 /// A declaration qualifier.
7946 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
7947
7948 /// An initializer.
7949 UPPC_Initializer,
7950
7951 /// A default argument.
7952 UPPC_DefaultArgument,
7953
7954 /// The type of a non-type template parameter.
7955 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
7956
7957 /// The type of an exception.
7958 UPPC_ExceptionType,
7959
7960 /// Partial specialization.
7961 UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
7962
7963 /// Microsoft __if_exists.
7964 UPPC_IfExists,
7965
7966 /// Microsoft __if_not_exists.
7967 UPPC_IfNotExists,
7968
7969 /// Lambda expression.
7970 UPPC_Lambda,
7971
7972 /// Block expression.
7973 UPPC_Block,
7974
7975 /// A type constraint.
7976 UPPC_TypeConstraint,
7977
7978 // A requirement in a requires-expression.
7979 UPPC_Requirement,
7980
7981 // A requires-clause.
7982 UPPC_RequiresClause,
7983 };
7984
7985 /// Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
7986 ///
7987 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
7988 ///
7989 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
7990 /// parameter packs.
7991 ///
7992 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
7993 ///
7994 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
7995 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
7996 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
7997 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
7998
7999 /// If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
8000 /// diagnose the error.
8001 ///
8002 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
8003 ///
8004 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
8005 /// packs.
8006 ///
8007 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8008 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
8009 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
8010
8011 /// If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
8012 /// pack, diagnose the error.
8013 ///
8014 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
8015 /// parameter packs.
8016 ///
8017 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8018 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
8019 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
8020
8021 /// If the given requirees-expression contains an unexpanded reference to one
8022 /// of its own parameter packs, diagnose the error.
8023 ///
8024 /// \param RE The requiress-expression that is being checked for unexpanded
8025 /// parameter packs.
8026 ///
8027 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8028 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPackInRequiresExpr(RequiresExpr *RE);
8029
8030 /// If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
8031 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
8032 ///
8033 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
8034 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
8035 ///
8036 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8037 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8038 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
8039
8040 /// If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
8041 /// diagnose the error.
8042 ///
8043 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
8044 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
8045 ///
8046 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8047 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
8048 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
8049
8050 /// If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
8051 /// diagnose the error.
8052 ///
8053 /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
8054 ///
8055 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
8056 /// parameter packs.
8057 ///
8058 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8059 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
8060 TemplateName Template,
8061 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
8062
8063 /// If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
8064 /// pack, diagnose the error.
8065 ///
8066 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
8067 /// parameter packs.
8068 ///
8069 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
8070 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
8071 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
8072
8073 /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
8074 /// template argument.
8075 ///
8076 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
8077 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
8078 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
8079 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
8080
8081 /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
8082 /// template argument.
8083 ///
8084 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
8085 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
8086 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
8087 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
8088
8089 /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
8090 /// type.
8091 ///
8092 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
8093 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
8094 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
8095 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
8096
8097 /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
8098 /// type.
8099 ///
8100 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
8101 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
8102 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
8103 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
8104
8105 /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
8106 /// nested-name-specifier.
8107 ///
8108 /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
8109 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
8110 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
8111 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
8112
8113 /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
8114 /// name.
8115 ///
8116 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
8117 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
8118 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
8119 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
8120
8121 /// Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
8122 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
8123 ///
8124 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
8125 /// may already be invalid.
8126 ///
8127 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
8128 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
8129 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
8130
8131 /// Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
8132 /// creates a pack expansion.
8133 ///
8134 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
8135 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
8136 ///
8137 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
8138 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
8139
8140 /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
8141 /// expansion.
8142 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
8143 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
8144 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
8145
8146 /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
8147 /// expansion.
8148 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
8149 SourceRange PatternRange,
8150 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
8151 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
8152
8153 /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
8154 /// creates a pack expansion.
8155 ///
8156 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
8157 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
8158 ///
8159 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
8160 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
8161
8162 /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
8163 /// creates a pack expansion.
8164 ///
8165 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
8166 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
8167 ///
8168 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
8169 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
8170 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
8171
8172 /// Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
8173 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
8174 /// transforming the pattern.
8175 ///
8176 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
8177 /// pack expansion.
8178 ///
8179 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
8180 /// the pack expansion.
8181 ///
8182 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
8183 /// pattern.
8184 ///
8185 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
8186 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
8187 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
8188 ///
8189 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
8190 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
8191 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
8192 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
8193 ///
8194 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
8195 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
8196 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
8197 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
8198 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
8199 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
8200 /// set this value in other cases.
8201 ///
8202 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
8203 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
8204 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
8205 /// must be set.
8206 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
8207 SourceRange PatternRange,
8208 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
8209 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
8210 bool &ShouldExpand,
8211 bool &RetainExpansion,
8212 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
8213
8214 /// Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
8215 /// type.
8216 ///
8217 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
8218 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
8219 ///
8220 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
8221 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
8222 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
8223
8224 /// Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
8225 /// parameter packs.
8226 ///
8227 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
8228 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
8229 ///
8230 /// \code
8231 /// void f(T...);
8232 /// \endcode
8233 ///
8234 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
8235 /// a variadic function.
8236 ///
8237 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
8238 /// false otherwise.
8239 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
8240
8241 /// Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
8242 ///
8243 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
8244 ///
8245 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
8246 ///
8247 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
8248 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
8249 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
8250 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
8251 SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
8252 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
8253
8254 /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but
8255 /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of
8256 /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded.
8257 ///
8258 /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to
8259 /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible.
8260 Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg);
8261
8262 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8263 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
8264 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8265
8266 /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention,
8267 /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType.
8268 /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function
8269 /// types.
8270 QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType,
8271 bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false);
8272
8273 /// Describes the result of template argument deduction.
8274 ///
8275 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
8276 /// template argument deduction, as returned from
8277 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
8278 /// structure provides additional information about the results of
8279 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
8280 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
8281 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
8282 enum TemplateDeductionResult {
8283 /// Template argument deduction was successful.
8284 TDK_Success = 0,
8285 /// The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
8286 TDK_Invalid,
8287 /// Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
8288 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
8289 TDK_InstantiationDepth,
8290 /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
8291 /// for every template parameter.
8292 TDK_Incomplete,
8293 /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value for every
8294 /// expansion of an expanded template parameter pack.
8295 TDK_IncompletePack,
8296 /// Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
8297 /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
8298 TDK_Inconsistent,
8299 /// Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
8300 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
8301 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
8302 /// but were given a non-const "X".
8303 TDK_Underqualified,
8304 /// Substitution of the deduced template argument values
8305 /// resulted in an error.
8306 TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
8307 /// After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent
8308 /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument.
8309 TDK_DeducedMismatch,
8310 /// After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of
8311 /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element
8312 /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list).
8313 TDK_DeducedMismatchNested,
8314 /// A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
8315 /// corresponding component of the argument.
8316 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
8317 /// When performing template argument deduction for a function
8318 /// template, there were too many call arguments.
8319 TDK_TooManyArguments,
8320 /// When performing template argument deduction for a function
8321 /// template, there were too few call arguments.
8322 TDK_TooFewArguments,
8323 /// The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
8324 /// template arguments for the given template.
8325 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
8326 /// Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed.
8327 TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure,
8328 /// The deduced arguments did not satisfy the constraints associated
8329 /// with the template.
8330 TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied,
8331 /// Deduction failed; that's all we know.
8332 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure,
8333 /// CUDA Target attributes do not match.
8334 TDK_CUDATargetMismatch
8335 };
8336
8337 TemplateDeductionResult
8338 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
8339 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
8340 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8341
8342 TemplateDeductionResult
8343 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
8344 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
8345 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8346
8347 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
8348 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8349 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
8350 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
8351 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
8352 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8353
8354 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
8355 // deduction for a call.
8356 struct OriginalCallArg {
8357 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam,
8358 unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType)
8359 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType),
8360 DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
8361 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {}
8362
8363 QualType OriginalParamType;
8364 bool DecomposedParam;
8365 unsigned ArgIdx;
8366 QualType OriginalArgType;
8367 };
8368
8369 TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(
8370 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8371 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
8372 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
8373 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
8374 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
8375 bool PartialOverloading = false,
8376 llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; });
8377
8378 TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments(
8379 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8380 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
8381 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
8382 bool PartialOverloading,
8383 llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent);
8384
8385 TemplateDeductionResult
8386 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8387 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
8388 QualType ArgFunctionType,
8389 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
8390 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
8391 bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
8392
8393 TemplateDeductionResult
8394 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8395 QualType ToType,
8396 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
8397 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8398
8399 TemplateDeductionResult
8400 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8401 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
8402 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
8403 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
8404 bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
8405
8406 /// Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
8407 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
8408 /// Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
8409 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
8410 QualType Replacement);
8411 /// Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by
8412 /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar.
8413 QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
8414 TypeSourceInfo *ReplaceAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
8415 QualType Replacement);
8416
8417 /// Result type of DeduceAutoType.
8418 enum DeduceAutoResult {
8419 DAR_Succeeded,
8420 DAR_Failed,
8421 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
8422 };
8423
8424 DeduceAutoResult
8425 DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result,
8426 Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None,
8427 bool IgnoreConstraints = false);
8428 DeduceAutoResult
8429 DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result,
8430 Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None,
8431 bool IgnoreConstraints = false);
8432 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
8433 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
8434 bool Diagnose = true);
8435
8436 /// Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've
8437 /// not already done so.
8438 void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template,
8439 SourceLocation Loc);
8440
8441 QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(
8442 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity,
8443 const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init);
8444
8445 QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name,
8446 QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
8447 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
8448 Expr *Init);
8449
8450 TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
8451
8452 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
8453 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
8454 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
8455
8456 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(
8457 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, SourceLocation Loc,
8458 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, unsigned NumCallArguments1,
8459 unsigned NumCallArguments2, bool Reversed = false);
8460 UnresolvedSetIterator
8461 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
8462 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
8463 SourceLocation Loc,
8464 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
8465 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
8466 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
8467 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
8468
8469 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
8470 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
8471 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
8472 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
8473 SourceLocation Loc);
8474
8475 bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T,
8476 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8477
8478 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
8479 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
8480 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
8481
8482 bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T,
8483 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8484
8485 bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(
8486 TemplateParameterList *PParam, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc);
8487
8488 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const Expr *E, bool OnlyDeduced,
8489 unsigned Depth, llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
8490
8491 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
8492 bool OnlyDeduced,
8493 unsigned Depth,
8494 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
8495 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
8496 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8497 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
8498 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
8499 }
8500 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
8501 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8502 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
8503
8504 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8505 // C++ Template Instantiation
8506 //
8507
8508 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
8509 getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
8510 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
8511 bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
8512 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
8513
8514 /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location
8515 /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template
8516 /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions.
8517 struct CodeSynthesisContext {
8518 /// The kind of template instantiation we are performing
8519 enum SynthesisKind {
8520 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
8521 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
8522 TemplateInstantiation,
8523
8524 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
8525 /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is
8526 /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the
8527 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as
8528 /// specified.
8529 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
8530
8531 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
8532 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
8533 /// provides the template arguments as specified.
8534 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
8535
8536 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
8537 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
8538 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
8539
8540 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
8541 /// template argument deduction for either a class template
8542 /// partial specialization or a function template. The
8543 /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
8544 /// a TemplateDecl.
8545 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
8546
8547 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
8548 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
8549 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
8550 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
8551
8552 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
8553 /// has been used when naming a template-id.
8554 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
8555
8556 /// We are computing the exception specification for a defaulted special
8557 /// member function.
8558 ExceptionSpecEvaluation,
8559
8560 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
8561 /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
8562 ExceptionSpecInstantiation,
8563
8564 /// We are instantiating a requirement of a requires expression.
8565 RequirementInstantiation,
8566
8567 /// We are checking the satisfaction of a nested requirement of a requires
8568 /// expression.
8569 NestedRequirementConstraintsCheck,
8570
8571 /// We are declaring an implicit special member function.
8572 DeclaringSpecialMember,
8573
8574 /// We are declaring an implicit 'operator==' for a defaulted
8575 /// 'operator<=>'.
8576 DeclaringImplicitEqualityComparison,
8577
8578 /// We are defining a synthesized function (such as a defaulted special
8579 /// member).
8580 DefiningSynthesizedFunction,
8581
8582 // We are checking the constraints associated with a constrained entity or
8583 // the constraint expression of a concept. This includes the checks that
8584 // atomic constraints have the type 'bool' and that they can be constant
8585 // evaluated.
8586 ConstraintsCheck,
8587
8588 // We are substituting template arguments into a constraint expression.
8589 ConstraintSubstitution,
8590
8591 // We are normalizing a constraint expression.
8592 ConstraintNormalization,
8593
8594 // We are substituting into the parameter mapping of an atomic constraint
8595 // during normalization.
8596 ParameterMappingSubstitution,
8597
8598 /// We are rewriting a comparison operator in terms of an operator<=>.
8599 RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship,
8600
8601 /// We are initializing a structured binding.
8602 InitializingStructuredBinding,
8603
8604 /// We are marking a class as __dllexport.
8605 MarkingClassDllexported,
8606
8607 /// Added for Template instantiation observation.
8608 /// Memoization means we are _not_ instantiating a template because
8609 /// it is already instantiated (but we entered a context where we
8610 /// would have had to if it was not already instantiated).
8611 Memoization
8612 } Kind;
8613
8614 /// Was the enclosing context a non-instantiation SFINAE context?
8615 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
8616
8617 /// The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code.
8618 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
8619
8620 /// The entity that is being synthesized.
8621 Decl *Entity;
8622
8623 /// The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
8624 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
8625 /// arguments.
8626 NamedDecl *Template;
8627
8628 /// The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
8629 /// are not part of the entity.
8630 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
8631
8632 // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the
8633 // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context.
8634 union {
8635 /// The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
8636 unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
8637
8638 /// The special member being declared or defined.
8639 CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember;
8640 };
8641
8642 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
8643 assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember);
8644 return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs};
8645 }
8646
8647 /// The template deduction info object associated with the
8648 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
8649 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
8650
8651 /// The source range that covers the construct that cause
8652 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
8653 /// template instantiation.
8654 SourceRange InstantiationRange;
8655
8656 CodeSynthesisContext()
8657 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation),
8658 SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(false), Entity(nullptr),
8659 Template(nullptr), TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0),
8660 DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
8661
8662 /// Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
8663 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
8664 bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
8665 };
8666
8667 /// List of active code synthesis contexts.
8668 ///
8669 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires
8670 /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack.
8671 SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts;
8672
8673 /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated.
8674 llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations;
8675
8676 /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated
8677 /// by some template instantiation.
8678 llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes;
8679
8680 /// Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
8681 /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
8682 SmallVector<Module*, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules;
8683
8684 /// Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
8685 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
8686 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
8687 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
8688
8689 /// Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
8690 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
8691 /// template defined within it.
8692 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
8693
8694 /// Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most
8695 /// recent visible declaration of that namespace.
8696 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache;
8697
8698 /// Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
8699 /// template instantiation.
8700 ///
8701 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
8702 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
8703 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
8704
8705 /// The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template
8706 /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the
8707 /// instantiation depth.
8708 ///
8709 /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit
8710 /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation.
8711 // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis?
8712 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
8713
8714 /// The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent
8715 /// error or warning was produced.
8716 ///
8717 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks
8718 /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation.
8719 // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else.
8720 unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0;
8721
8722 /// The template instantiation callbacks to trace or track
8723 /// instantiations (objects can be chained).
8724 ///
8725 /// This callbacks is used to print, trace or track template
8726 /// instantiations as they are being constructed.
8727 std::vector<std::unique_ptr<TemplateInstantiationCallback>>
8728 TemplateInstCallbacks;
8729
8730 /// The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
8731 /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
8732 ///
8733 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
8734 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
8735 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
8736 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
8737
8738 /// RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
8739 /// within a \c Sema object.
8740 ///
8741 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
8742 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
8743 Sema &Self;
8744 int OldSubstitutionIndex;
8745
8746 public:
8747 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
8748 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
8749 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
8750 }
8751
8752 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
8753 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
8754 }
8755 };
8756
8757 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
8758
8759 /// For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
8760 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
8761 /// deduction.
8762 ///
8763 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
8764 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
8765 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
8766 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
8767
8768 /// A stack object to be created when performing template
8769 /// instantiation.
8770 ///
8771 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
8772 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
8773 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
8774 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
8775 /// produces an error and evaluates true.
8776 ///
8777 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
8778 /// the stack.
8779 struct InstantiatingTemplate {
8780 /// Note that we are instantiating a class template,
8781 /// function template, variable template, alias template,
8782 /// or a member thereof.
8783 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8784 Decl *Entity,
8785 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8786
8787 struct ExceptionSpecification {};
8788 /// Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
8789 /// of a function template.
8790 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8791 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
8792 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8793
8794 /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
8795 /// template-id.
8796 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8797 TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template,
8798 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8799 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8800
8801 /// Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or
8802 /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction.
8803 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8804 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
8805 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8806 CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind,
8807 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
8808 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8809
8810 /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template
8811 /// argument deduction for a class template declaration.
8812 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8813 TemplateDecl *Template,
8814 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8815 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
8816 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8817
8818 /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template
8819 /// argument deduction for a class template partial
8820 /// specialization.
8821 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8822 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
8823 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8824 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
8825 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8826
8827 /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template
8828 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
8829 /// specialization.
8830 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8831 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
8832 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8833 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
8834 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8835
8836 /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function
8837 /// parameter.
8838 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8839 ParmVarDecl *Param,
8840 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8841 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8842
8843 /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
8844 /// non-type parameter.
8845 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8846 NamedDecl *Template,
8847 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
8848 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8849 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
8850
8851 /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
8852 /// template template parameter.
8853 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8854 NamedDecl *Template,
8855 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
8856 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8857 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
8858
8859 /// Note that we are checking the default template argument
8860 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
8861 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8862 TemplateDecl *Template,
8863 NamedDecl *Param,
8864 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8865 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
8866
8867 struct ConstraintsCheck {};
8868 /// \brief Note that we are checking the constraints associated with some
8869 /// constrained entity (a concept declaration or a template with associated
8870 /// constraints).
8871 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8872 ConstraintsCheck, NamedDecl *Template,
8873 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
8874 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
8875
8876 struct ConstraintSubstitution {};
8877 /// \brief Note that we are checking a constraint expression associated
8878 /// with a template declaration or as part of the satisfaction check of a
8879 /// concept.
8880 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8881 ConstraintSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template,
8882 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
8883 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
8884
8885 struct ConstraintNormalization {};
8886 /// \brief Note that we are normalizing a constraint expression.
8887 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8888 ConstraintNormalization, NamedDecl *Template,
8889 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
8890
8891 struct ParameterMappingSubstitution {};
8892 /// \brief Note that we are subtituting into the parameter mapping of an
8893 /// atomic constraint during constraint normalization.
8894 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8895 ParameterMappingSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template,
8896 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
8897
8898 /// \brief Note that we are substituting template arguments into a part of
8899 /// a requirement of a requires expression.
8900 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8901 concepts::Requirement *Req,
8902 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
8903 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8904
8905 /// \brief Note that we are checking the satisfaction of the constraint
8906 /// expression inside of a nested requirement.
8907 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8908 concepts::NestedRequirement *Req, ConstraintsCheck,
8909 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
8910
8911 /// Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
8912 void Clear();
8913
8914 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
8915
8916 /// Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
8917 /// recursive template instantiations.
8918 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
8919
8920 /// Determine whether we are already instantiating this
8921 /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation.
8922 bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; }
8923
8924 private:
8925 Sema &SemaRef;
8926 bool Invalid;
8927 bool AlreadyInstantiating;
8928 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
8929 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
8930
8931 InstantiatingTemplate(
8932 Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind,
8933 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
8934 Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
8935 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None,
8936 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
8937
8938 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
8939
8940 InstantiatingTemplate&
8941 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
8942 };
8943
8944 void pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx);
8945 void popCodeSynthesisContext();
8946
8947 /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation.
8948 bool inTemplateInstantiation() const {
8949 return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries;
8950 }
8951
8952 void PrintContextStack() {
8953 if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
8954 CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) {
8955 PrintInstantiationStack();
8956 LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size();
8957 }
8958 if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl)
8959 PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint();
8960 }
8961 void PrintInstantiationStack();
8962
8963 void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint();
8964
8965 /// Determines whether we are currently in a context where
8966 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
8967 /// errors.
8968 ///
8969 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
8970 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
8971 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
8972 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
8973 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
8974
8975 /// Determines whether we are currently in a context that
8976 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
8977 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
8978 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
8979 "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
8980 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
8981 }
8982
8983 /// RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
8984 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
8985 /// deduction.
8986 class SFINAETrap {
8987 Sema &SemaRef;
8988 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
8989 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
8990 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
8991 bool PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored;
8992
8993 public:
8994 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
8995 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
8996 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
8997 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
8998 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE),
8999 PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored(
9000 SemaRef.getDiagnostics().isLastDiagnosticIgnored())
9001 {
9002 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
9003 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
9004 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
9005 }
9006
9007 ~SFINAETrap() {
9008 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
9009 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
9010 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
9011 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
9012 SemaRef.getDiagnostics().setLastDiagnosticIgnored(
9013 PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored);
9014 }
9015
9016 /// Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
9017 bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
9018 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
9019 }
9020 };
9021
9022 /// RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
9023 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
9024 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
9025 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
9026 class TentativeAnalysisScope {
9027 Sema &SemaRef;
9028 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
9029 SFINAETrap Trap;
9030 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
9031 public:
9032 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
9033 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
9034 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
9035 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
9036 }
9037 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
9038 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
9039 }
9040 };
9041
9042 /// The current instantiation scope used to store local
9043 /// variables.
9044 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
9045
9046 /// Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
9047 /// disabled.
9048 bool DisableTypoCorrection;
9049
9050 /// The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
9051 unsigned TyposCorrected;
9052
9053 typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
9054 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
9055
9056 /// A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
9057 /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
9058 /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
9059 IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
9060
9061 /// Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
9062 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
9063 threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
9064
9065 /// An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
9066 ///
9067 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
9068 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
9069 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
9070 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
9071 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
9072 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
9073 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
9074
9075 /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
9076 /// but have not yet been performed.
9077 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
9078
9079 /// Queue of implicit template instantiations that cannot be performed
9080 /// eagerly.
9081 SmallVector<PendingImplicitInstantiation, 1> LateParsedInstantiations;
9082
9083 class GlobalEagerInstantiationScope {
9084 public:
9085 GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool Enabled)
9086 : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) {
9087 if (!Enabled) return;
9088
9089 SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
9090 SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
9091 }
9092
9093 void perform() {
9094 if (Enabled) {
9095 S.DefineUsedVTables();
9096 S.PerformPendingInstantiations();
9097 }
9098 }
9099
9100 ~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope() {
9101 if (!Enabled) return;
9102
9103 // Restore the set of pending vtables.
9104 assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
9105 "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
9106 S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
9107
9108 // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
9109 if (S.TUKind != TU_Prefix || !S.LangOpts.PCHInstantiateTemplates) {
9110 assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
9111 "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
9112 S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
9113 } else {
9114 // Template instantiations in the PCH may be delayed until the TU.
9115 S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
9116 S.PendingInstantiations.insert(S.PendingInstantiations.end(),
9117 SavedPendingInstantiations.begin(),
9118 SavedPendingInstantiations.end());
9119 }
9120 }
9121
9122 private:
9123 Sema &S;
9124 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
9125 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
9126 bool Enabled;
9127 };
9128
9129 /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
9130 /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
9131 ///
9132 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
9133 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
9134 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
9135 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
9136 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
9137
9138 class LocalEagerInstantiationScope {
9139 public:
9140 LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S) : S(S) {
9141 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
9142 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
9143 }
9144
9145 void perform() { S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/true); }
9146
9147 ~LocalEagerInstantiationScope() {
9148 assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
9149 "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
9150 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
9151 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
9152 }
9153
9154 private:
9155 Sema &S;
9156 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
9157 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
9158 };
9159
9160 /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos.
9161 class ExtParameterInfoBuilder {
9162 SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos;
9163 bool HasInteresting = false;
9164
9165 public:
9166 /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index,
9167 ///
9168 void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) {
9169 assert(Infos.size() <= index);
9170 Infos.resize(index);
9171 Infos.push_back(info);
9172
9173 if (!HasInteresting)
9174 HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo());
9175 }
9176
9177 /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the
9178 /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up.
9179 const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *
9180 getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) {
9181 if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr;
9182 Infos.resize(numParams);
9183 return Infos.data();
9184 }
9185 };
9186
9187 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
9188
9189 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
9190 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9191 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
9192 bool AllowDeducedTST = false);
9193
9194 QualType SubstType(QualType T,
9195 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9196 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
9197
9198 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
9199 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9200 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
9201
9202 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
9203 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9204 SourceLocation Loc,
9205 DeclarationName Entity,
9206 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
9207 Qualifiers ThisTypeQuals);
9208 void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
9209 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
9210 bool SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
9211 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI,
9212 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage,
9213 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
9214 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
9215 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9216 int indexAdjustment,
9217 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
9218 bool ExpectParameterPack);
9219 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
9220 const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos,
9221 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9222 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
9223 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams,
9224 ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos);
9225 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
9226 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9227
9228 /// Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
9229 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
9230 ///
9231 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
9232 ///
9233 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
9234 /// default arguments will be dropped.
9235 ///
9236 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
9237 ///
9238 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
9239 ///
9240 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
9241 bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall,
9242 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9243 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
9244
9245 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
9246 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9247
9248 TemplateParameterList *
9249 SubstTemplateParams(TemplateParameterList *Params, DeclContext *Owner,
9250 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9251
9252 bool
9253 SubstTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
9254 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9255 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Outputs);
9256
9257
9258 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
9259 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9260
9261 /// Substitute the name and return type of a defaulted 'operator<=>' to form
9262 /// an implicit 'operator=='.
9263 FunctionDecl *SubstSpaceshipAsEqualEqual(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
9264 FunctionDecl *Spaceship);
9265
9266 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
9267 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9268 bool CXXDirectInit);
9269
9270 bool
9271 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
9272 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
9273 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9274
9275 bool
9276 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9277 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
9278 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9279 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
9280 bool Complain = true);
9281
9282 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9283 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
9284 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9285 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
9286
9287 bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
9288 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
9289 FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9290
9291 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
9292 const Attr *TmplAttr;
9293 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
9294 Decl *NewDecl;
9295
9296 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
9297 Decl *D)
9298 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
9299 { }
9300 };
9301 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
9302
9303 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9304 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
9305 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
9306 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
9307
9308 void
9309 InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9310 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
9311 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
9312 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
9313
9314 void InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
9315
9316 bool usesPartialOrExplicitSpecialization(
9317 SourceLocation Loc, ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec);
9318
9319 bool
9320 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9321 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
9322 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
9323 bool Complain = true);
9324
9325 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9326 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
9327 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9328 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
9329
9330 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
9331 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9332 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
9333 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
9334
9335 NestedNameSpecifierLoc
9336 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
9337 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9338
9339 DeclarationNameInfo
9340 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
9341 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9342 TemplateName
9343 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
9344 SourceLocation Loc,
9345 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9346 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
9347 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
9348 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9349
9350 bool InstantiateDefaultArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
9351 ParmVarDecl *Param);
9352 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9353 FunctionDecl *Function);
9354 bool CheckInstantiatedFunctionTemplateConstraints(
9355 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FunctionDecl *Decl,
9356 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
9357 ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction);
9358 FunctionDecl *InstantiateFunctionDeclaration(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD,
9359 const TemplateArgumentList *Args,
9360 SourceLocation Loc);
9361 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9362 FunctionDecl *Function,
9363 bool Recursive = false,
9364 bool DefinitionRequired = false,
9365 bool AtEndOfTU = false);
9366 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
9367 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
9368 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
9369 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
9370 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
9371 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9372 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
9373 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
9374 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
9375 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
9376 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9377 void
9378 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
9379 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9380 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
9381 DeclContext *Owner,
9382 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
9383 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false,
9384 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *PrevVTSD = nullptr);
9385
9386 void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
9387 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
9388 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9389 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
9390 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
9391 bool DefinitionRequired = false,
9392 bool AtEndOfTU = false);
9393
9394 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
9395 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
9396 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9397
9398 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
9399 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
9400 bool FindingInstantiatedContext = false);
9401 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
9402 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
9403
9404 // Objective-C declarations.
9405 enum ObjCContainerKind {
9406 OCK_None = -1,
9407 OCK_Interface = 0,
9408 OCK_Protocol,
9409 OCK_Category,
9410 OCK_ClassExtension,
9411 OCK_Implementation,
9412 OCK_CategoryImplementation
9413 };
9414 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
9415
9416 DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S,
9417 ObjCTypeParamVariance variance,
9418 SourceLocation varianceLoc,
9419 unsigned index,
9420 IdentifierInfo *paramName,
9421 SourceLocation paramLoc,
9422 SourceLocation colonLoc,
9423 ParsedType typeBound);
9424
9425 ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
9426 ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams,
9427 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
9428 void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList);
9429
9430 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(
9431 Scope *S, SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9432 SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
9433 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
9434 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange,
9435 Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
9436 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
9437 const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
9438
9439 void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S,
9440 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
9441 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
9442 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9443 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
9444 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
9445 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
9446 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
9447 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange);
9448
9449 void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
9450 SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs,
9451 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
9452 SourceLocation SuperLoc);
9453
9454 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
9455 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
9456 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation,
9457 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
9458
9459 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
9460 IdentifierInfo *PName,
9461 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
9462 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
9463
9464 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
9465 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName,
9466 SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, Decl *const *ProtoRefNames,
9467 unsigned NumProtoRefs, const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
9468 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
9469
9470 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(
9471 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9472 SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
9473 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
9474 Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
9475 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
9476 const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
9477
9478 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
9479 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9480 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
9481 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
9482 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc,
9483 const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
9484
9485 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
9486 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9487 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
9488 IdentifierInfo *CatName,
9489 SourceLocation CatLoc,
9490 const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
9491
9492 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
9493 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
9494
9495 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
9496 IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
9497 SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
9498 ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists,
9499 unsigned NumElts);
9500
9501 DeclGroupPtrTy
9502 ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
9503 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList,
9504 const ParsedAttributesView &attrList);
9505
9506 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer,
9507 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId,
9508 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
9509
9510 void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId,
9511 SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
9512 IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId,
9513 SourceLocation TypeArgLoc,
9514 bool SelectProtocolFirst = false);
9515
9516 /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the
9517 /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type
9518 /// arguments, as appropriate.
9519 void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers(
9520 Scope *S,
9521 ParsedType baseType,
9522 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
9523 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers,
9524 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs,
9525 SourceLocation rAngleLoc,
9526 SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc,
9527 SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs,
9528 SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc,
9529 SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc,
9530 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols,
9531 SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc,
9532 bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols);
9533
9534 /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no
9535 /// base type was specified.
9536 TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType(
9537 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
9538 ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols,
9539 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs,
9540 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
9541
9542 /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type.
9543 TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers(
9544 Scope *S,
9545 SourceLocation Loc,
9546 ParsedType BaseType,
9547 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
9548 ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs,
9549 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
9550 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
9551 ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols,
9552 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
9553 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc);
9554
9555 /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type.
9556 QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl,
9557 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
9558 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
9559 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
9560 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
9561 bool FailOnError = false);
9562
9563 /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type.
9564 QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
9565 SourceLocation Loc,
9566 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
9567 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs,
9568 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
9569 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
9570 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
9571 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
9572 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
9573 bool FailOnError = false);
9574
9575 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
9576 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
9577 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
9578 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
9579 SourceLocation Loc,
9580 unsigned &Attributes,
9581 bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
9582
9583 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
9584 /// setters and getters as needed.
9585 /// \param property The property declaration being processed
9586 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property);
9587
9588
9589 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
9590 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
9591 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
9592 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
9593
9594 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
9595 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
9596
9597 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
9598 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
9599 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
9600
9601 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
9602 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9603 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
9604 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
9605 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
9606 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
9607
9608 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
9609 SourceLocation AtLoc,
9610 SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
9611 bool ImplKind,
9612 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
9613 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
9614 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc,
9615 ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind);
9616
9617 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
9618 OSMK_None,
9619 OSMK_Alloc,
9620 OSMK_New,
9621 OSMK_Copy,
9622 OSMK_RetainingInit,
9623 OSMK_NonRetainingInit
9624 };
9625
9626 struct ObjCArgInfo {
9627 IdentifierInfo *Name;
9628 SourceLocation NameLoc;
9629 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
9630 // in this case.
9631 ParsedType Type;
9632 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
9633
9634 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
9635 ParsedAttributesView ArgAttrs;
9636 };
9637
9638 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
9639 Scope *S,
9640 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
9641 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {.
9642 tok::TokenKind MethodType, ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
9643 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
9644 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
9645 // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
9646 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo,
9647 unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
9648 const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
9649 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
9650
9651 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
9652 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
9653 bool IsInstance);
9654 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
9655 bool IsInstance);
9656
9657 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
9658 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
9659
9660 void deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *decl);
9661
9662 ExprResult
9663 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
9664 Expr *BaseExpr,
9665 SourceLocation OpLoc,
9666 DeclarationName MemberName,
9667 SourceLocation MemberLoc,
9668 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
9669 bool Super);
9670
9671 ExprResult
9672 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
9673 IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
9674 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
9675 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
9676
9677 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
9678
9679 /// Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
9680 /// send that starts with an identifier.
9681 enum ObjCMessageKind {
9682 /// The message is sent to 'super'.
9683 ObjCSuperMessage,
9684 /// The message is an instance message.
9685 ObjCInstanceMessage,
9686 /// The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
9687 /// name.
9688 ObjCClassMessage
9689 };
9690
9691 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
9692 IdentifierInfo *Name,
9693 SourceLocation NameLoc,
9694 bool IsSuper,
9695 bool HasTrailingDot,
9696 ParsedType &ReceiverType);
9697
9698 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
9699 Selector Sel,
9700 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
9701 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9702 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
9703 MultiExprArg Args);
9704
9705 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
9706 QualType ReceiverType,
9707 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
9708 Selector Sel,
9709 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
9710 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
9711 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9712 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
9713 MultiExprArg Args,
9714 bool isImplicit = false);
9715
9716 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
9717 bool isSuperReceiver,
9718 SourceLocation Loc,
9719 Selector Sel,
9720 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
9721 MultiExprArg Args);
9722
9723 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
9724 ParsedType Receiver,
9725 Selector Sel,
9726 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
9727 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9728 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
9729 MultiExprArg Args);
9730
9731 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
9732 QualType ReceiverType,
9733 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
9734 Selector Sel,
9735 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
9736 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
9737 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9738 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
9739 MultiExprArg Args,
9740 bool isImplicit = false);
9741
9742 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
9743 QualType ReceiverType,
9744 SourceLocation Loc,
9745 Selector Sel,
9746 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
9747 MultiExprArg Args);
9748
9749 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
9750 Expr *Receiver,
9751 Selector Sel,
9752 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
9753 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9754 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
9755 MultiExprArg Args);
9756
9757 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9758 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
9759 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
9760 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9761 Expr *SubExpr);
9762
9763 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
9764 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9765 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
9766 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
9767 ParsedType Type,
9768 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
9769 Expr *SubExpr);
9770
9771 void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
9772
9773 void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
9774
9775 bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
9776 CastKind &Kind);
9777
9778 bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
9779 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
9780 ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
9781 ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
9782 ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
9783 TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
9784 bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true);
9785
9786 bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
9787 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
9788 Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true);
9789
9790 bool CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr,
9791 bool Diagnose = true);
9792
9793 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
9794
9795 /// Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
9796 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
9797 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
9798 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
9799
9800 /// Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
9801 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
9802 RTC_Compatible,
9803 RTC_Incompatible,
9804 RTC_Unknown
9805 };
9806
9807 void CheckObjCMethodDirectOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *method,
9808 ObjCMethodDecl *overridden);
9809
9810 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
9811 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
9812 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
9813
9814 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
9815 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native
9816 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
9817 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed
9818 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power
9819 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k
9820 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset
9821 };
9822
9823 /// ActOnPragmaClangSection - Called on well formed \#pragma clang section
9824 void ActOnPragmaClangSection(SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
9825 PragmaClangSectionAction Action,
9826 PragmaClangSectionKind SecKind, StringRef SecName);
9827
9828 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
9829 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
9830 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
9831
9832 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
9833 void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
9834 StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment);
9835
9836 enum class PragmaAlignPackDiagnoseKind {
9837 NonDefaultStateAtInclude,
9838 ChangedStateAtExit
9839 };
9840
9841 void DiagnoseNonDefaultPragmaAlignPack(PragmaAlignPackDiagnoseKind Kind,
9842 SourceLocation IncludeLoc);
9843 void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAlignPack();
9844
9845 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
9846 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
9847
9848 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
9849 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
9850 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind,
9851 StringRef Arg);
9852
9853 /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
9854 /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
9855 /// representation]).
9856 void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
9857 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
9858 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
9859
9860 /// Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
9861 void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action,
9862 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
9863 MSVtorDispMode Value);
9864
9865 enum PragmaSectionKind {
9866 PSK_DataSeg,
9867 PSK_BSSSeg,
9868 PSK_ConstSeg,
9869 PSK_CodeSeg,
9870 };
9871
9872 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, int SectionFlags,
9873 NamedDecl *TheDecl);
9874 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
9875 int SectionFlags,
9876 SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
9877
9878 /// Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
9879 void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
9880 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
9881 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
9882 StringLiteral *SegmentName,
9883 llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
9884
9885 /// Called on well formed \#pragma section().
9886 void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
9887 int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
9888
9889 /// Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
9890 void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
9891 StringLiteral *SegmentName);
9892
9893 /// Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II
9894 void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II);
9895
9896 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
9897 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name,
9898 StringRef Value);
9899
9900 /// Are precise floating point semantics currently enabled?
9901 bool isPreciseFPEnabled() {
9902 return !CurFPFeatures.getAllowFPReassociate() &&
9903 !CurFPFeatures.getNoSignedZero() &&
9904 !CurFPFeatures.getAllowReciprocal() &&
9905 !CurFPFeatures.getAllowApproxFunc();
9906 }
9907
9908 /// ActOnPragmaFloatControl - Call on well-formed \#pragma float_control
9909 void ActOnPragmaFloatControl(SourceLocation Loc, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
9910 PragmaFloatControlKind Value);
9911
9912 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
9913 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
9914 Scope *curScope,
9915 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
9916
9917 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
9918 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
9919 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
9920
9921 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
9922 SourceLocation Loc);
9923 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
9924
9925 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
9926 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
9927 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
9928 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
9929
9930 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
9931 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
9932 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
9933 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
9934 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
9935 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
9936 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
9937
9938 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
9939 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
9940 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
9941 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
9942 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
9943 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
9944
9945 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
9946 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and
9947 /// \#pragma clang fp contract
9948 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(SourceLocation Loc, LangOptions::FPModeKind FPC);
9949
9950 /// Called on well formed
9951 /// \#pragma clang fp reassociate
9952 void ActOnPragmaFPReassociate(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsEnabled);
9953
9954 /// ActOnPragmaFenvAccess - Called on well formed
9955 /// \#pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS
9956 void ActOnPragmaFEnvAccess(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsEnabled);
9957
9958 /// Called on well formed '\#pragma clang fp' that has option 'exceptions'.
9959 void ActOnPragmaFPExceptions(SourceLocation Loc,
9960 LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind);
9961
9962 /// Called to set constant rounding mode for floating point operations.
9963 void setRoundingMode(SourceLocation Loc, llvm::RoundingMode);
9964
9965 /// Called to set exception behavior for floating point operations.
9966 void setExceptionMode(SourceLocation Loc, LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind);
9967
9968 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
9969 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
9970 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
9971
9972 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
9973 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
9974
9975 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
9976 /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
9977 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
9978 SourceLocation Loc);
9979
9980 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
9981 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
9982 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
9983
9984 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
9985 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
9986 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
9987
9988 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
9989 void FreeVisContext();
9990
9991 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
9992 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
9993 /// the appropriate attribute.
9994 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
9995
9996 void ActOnPragmaAttributeAttribute(ParsedAttr &Attribute,
9997 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
9998 attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules);
9999 void ActOnPragmaAttributeEmptyPush(SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10000 const IdentifierInfo *Namespace);
10001
10002 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'.
10003 void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10004 const IdentifierInfo *Namespace);
10005
10006 /// Adds the attributes that have been specified using the
10007 /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration.
10008 void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D);
10009
10010 void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute();
10011
10012 /// Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
10013 void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
10014
10015 /// Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
10016 /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
10017 SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
10018 return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
10019 }
10020
10021 /// Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
10022 /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
10023 /// with attribute optnone.
10024 void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
10025
10026 /// Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
10027 /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
10028 /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
10029 void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
10030
10031 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
10032 void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E,
10033 bool IsPackExpansion);
10034 void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, TypeSourceInfo *T,
10035 bool IsPackExpansion);
10036
10037 /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
10038 /// declaration.
10039 void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E,
10040 Expr *OE);
10041
10042 /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular
10043 /// declaration.
10044 void AddAllocAlignAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
10045 Expr *ParamExpr);
10046
10047 /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
10048 /// declaration.
10049 void AddAlignValueAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E);
10050
10051 /// AddAnnotationAttr - Adds an annotation Annot with Args arguments to D.
10052 void AddAnnotationAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
10053 StringRef Annot, MutableArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
10054
10055 /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular
10056 /// declaration.
10057 void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
10058 Expr *MaxThreads, Expr *MinBlocks);
10059
10060 /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration.
10061 void AddModeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, IdentifierInfo *Name,
10062 bool InInstantiation = false);
10063
10064 void AddParameterABIAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
10065 ParameterABI ABI);
10066
10067 enum class RetainOwnershipKind {NS, CF, OS};
10068 void AddXConsumedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
10069 RetainOwnershipKind K, bool IsTemplateInstantiation);
10070
10071 /// addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr - Adds an amdgpu_flat_work_group_size
10072 /// attribute to a particular declaration.
10073 void addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
10074 Expr *Min, Expr *Max);
10075
10076 /// addAMDGPUWavePersEUAttr - Adds an amdgpu_waves_per_eu attribute to a
10077 /// particular declaration.
10078 void addAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
10079 Expr *Min, Expr *Max);
10080
10081 bool checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation loc, QualType type);
10082
10083 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10084 // C++ Coroutines TS
10085 //
10086 bool ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc,
10087 StringRef Keyword);
10088 ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
10089 ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
10090 StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
10091
10092 ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
10093 bool IsImplicit = false);
10094 ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
10095 UnresolvedLookupExpr* Lookup);
10096 ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
10097 StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
10098 bool IsImplicit = false);
10099 StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs);
10100 bool buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc);
10101 VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc);
10102 void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body);
10103 ClassTemplateDecl *lookupCoroutineTraits(SourceLocation KwLoc,
10104 SourceLocation FuncLoc);
10105 /// Check that the expression co_await promise.final_suspend() shall not be
10106 /// potentially-throwing.
10107 bool checkFinalSuspendNoThrow(const Stmt *FinalSuspend);
10108
10109 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10110 // OpenCL extensions.
10111 //
10112private:
10113 std::string CurrOpenCLExtension;
10114 /// Extensions required by an OpenCL type.
10115 llvm::DenseMap<const Type*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLTypeExtMap;
10116 /// Extensions required by an OpenCL declaration.
10117 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLDeclExtMap;
10118public:
10119 llvm::StringRef getCurrentOpenCLExtension() const {
10120 return CurrOpenCLExtension;
10121 }
10122
10123 /// Check if a function declaration \p FD associates with any
10124 /// extensions present in OpenCLDeclExtMap and if so return the
10125 /// extension(s) name(s).
10126 std::string getOpenCLExtensionsFromDeclExtMap(FunctionDecl *FD);
10127
10128 /// Check if a function type \p FT associates with any
10129 /// extensions present in OpenCLTypeExtMap and if so return the
10130 /// extension(s) name(s).
10131 std::string getOpenCLExtensionsFromTypeExtMap(FunctionType *FT);
10132
10133 /// Find an extension in an appropriate extension map and return its name
10134 template<typename T, typename MapT>
10135 std::string getOpenCLExtensionsFromExtMap(T* FT, MapT &Map);
10136
10137 void setCurrentOpenCLExtension(llvm::StringRef Ext) {
10138 CurrOpenCLExtension = std::string(Ext);
10139 }
10140
10141 /// Set OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used when these
10142 /// OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do nothing.
10143 /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions.
10144 void setOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T, llvm::StringRef Exts);
10145
10146 /// Set OpenCL extensions for a declaration which can only be
10147 /// used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do
10148 /// nothing.
10149 /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions.
10150 void setOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD, llvm::StringRef Exts);
10151
10152 /// Set current OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used
10153 /// when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current OpenCL extension is
10154 /// empty, do nothing.
10155 void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T);
10156
10157 /// Set current OpenCL extensions for a declaration which
10158 /// can only be used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current
10159 /// OpenCL extension is empty, do nothing.
10160 void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD);
10161
10162 bool isOpenCLDisabledDecl(Decl *FD);
10163
10164 /// Check if type \p T corresponding to declaration specifier \p DS
10165 /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so,
10166 /// emit diagnostics.
10167 /// \return true if type is disabled.
10168 bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeDeclSpec(const DeclSpec &DS, QualType T);
10169
10170 /// Check if declaration \p D used by expression \p E
10171 /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so,
10172 /// emit diagnostics.
10173 /// \return true if type is disabled.
10174 bool checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(const NamedDecl &D, const Expr &E);
10175
10176 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10177 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
10178 //
10179private:
10180 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
10181 /// Number of nested '#pragma omp declare target' directives.
10182 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> DeclareTargetNesting;
10183 /// Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
10184 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
10185 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
10186 ExprResult
10187 VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind,
10188 bool StrictlyPositive = true);
10189 /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive.
10190 unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const;
10191
10192 /// Adjusts the function scopes index for the target-based regions.
10193 void adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(unsigned &FunctionScopesIndex,
10194 unsigned Level) const;
10195
10196 /// Returns the number of scopes associated with the construct on the given
10197 /// OpenMP level.
10198 int getNumberOfConstructScopes(unsigned Level) const;
10199
10200 /// Push new OpenMP function region for non-capturing function.
10201 void pushOpenMPFunctionRegion();
10202
10203 /// Pop OpenMP function region for non-capturing function.
10204 void popOpenMPFunctionRegion(const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *OldFSI);
10205
10206 /// Checks if a type or a declaration is disabled due to the owning extension
10207 /// being disabled, and emits diagnostic messages if it is disabled.
10208 /// \param D type or declaration to be checked.
10209 /// \param DiagLoc source location for the diagnostic message.
10210 /// \param DiagInfo information to be emitted for the diagnostic message.
10211 /// \param SrcRange source range of the declaration.
10212 /// \param Map maps type or declaration to the extensions.
10213 /// \param Selector selects diagnostic message: 0 for type and 1 for
10214 /// declaration.
10215 /// \return true if the type or declaration is disabled.
10216 template <typename T, typename DiagLocT, typename DiagInfoT, typename MapT>
10217 bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeOrDecl(T D, DiagLocT DiagLoc, DiagInfoT DiagInfo,
10218 MapT &Map, unsigned Selector = 0,
10219 SourceRange SrcRange = SourceRange());
10220
10221 /// Helper to keep information about the current `omp begin/end declare
10222 /// variant` nesting.
10223 struct OMPDeclareVariantScope {
10224 /// The associated OpenMP context selector.
10225 OMPTraitInfo *TI;
10226
10227 /// The associated OpenMP context selector mangling.
10228 std::string NameSuffix;
10229
10230 OMPDeclareVariantScope(OMPTraitInfo &TI);
10231 };
10232
10233 /// Return the OMPTraitInfo for the surrounding scope, if any.
10234 OMPTraitInfo *getOMPTraitInfoForSurroundingScope() {
10235 return OMPDeclareVariantScopes.empty() ? nullptr
10236 : OMPDeclareVariantScopes.back().TI;
10237 }
10238
10239 /// The current `omp begin/end declare variant` scopes.
10240 SmallVector<OMPDeclareVariantScope, 4> OMPDeclareVariantScopes;
10241
10242 /// The current `omp begin/end assumes` scopes.
10243 SmallVector<AssumptionAttr *, 4> OMPAssumeScoped;
10244
10245 /// All `omp assumes` we encountered so far.
10246 SmallVector<AssumptionAttr *, 4> OMPAssumeGlobal;
10247
10248public:
10249 /// The declarator \p D defines a function in the scope \p S which is nested
10250 /// in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. In this method we create a
10251 /// declaration for \p D and rename \p D according to the OpenMP context
10252 /// selector of the surrounding scope. Return all base functions in \p Bases.
10253 void ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(
10254 Scope *S, Declarator &D, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10255 SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Bases);
10256
10257 /// Register \p D as specialization of all base functions in \p Bases in the
10258 /// current `omp begin/end declare variant` scope.
10259 void ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(
10260 Decl *D, SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Bases);
10261
10262 /// Act on \p D, a function definition inside of an `omp [begin/end] assumes`.
10263 void ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPAssumeScope(Decl *D);
10264
10265 /// Can we exit an OpenMP declare variant scope at the moment.
10266 bool isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope() const {
10267 return !OMPDeclareVariantScopes.empty();
10268 }
10269
10270 /// Given the potential call expression \p Call, determine if there is a
10271 /// specialization via the OpenMP declare variant mechanism available. If
10272 /// there is, return the specialized call expression, otherwise return the
10273 /// original \p Call.
10274 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPCall(ExprResult Call, Scope *Scope,
10275 SourceLocation LParenLoc, MultiExprArg ArgExprs,
10276 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *ExecConfig);
10277
10278 /// Handle a `omp begin declare variant`.
10279 void ActOnOpenMPBeginDeclareVariant(SourceLocation Loc, OMPTraitInfo &TI);
10280
10281 /// Handle a `omp end declare variant`.
10282 void ActOnOpenMPEndDeclareVariant();
10283
10284 /// Checks if the variant/multiversion functions are compatible.
10285 bool areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
10286 const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10287 const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID,
10288 const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt,
10289 const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt,
10290 const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported,
10291 bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer);
10292
10293 /// Function tries to capture lambda's captured variables in the OpenMP region
10294 /// before the original lambda is captured.
10295 void tryCaptureOpenMPLambdas(ValueDecl *V);
10296
10297 /// Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by
10298 /// reference.
10299 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
10300 /// is performed.
10301 /// \param OpenMPCaptureLevel Capture level within an OpenMP construct.
10302 bool isOpenMPCapturedByRef(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level,
10303 unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel) const;
10304
10305 /// Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private
10306 /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP
10307 /// constructs.
10308 VarDecl *isOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, bool CheckScopeInfo = false,
10309 unsigned StopAt = 0);
10310 ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK,
10311 ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc);
10312
10313 /// If the current region is a loop-based region, mark the start of the loop
10314 /// construct.
10315 void startOpenMPLoop();
10316
10317 /// If the current region is a range loop-based region, mark the start of the
10318 /// loop construct.
10319 void startOpenMPCXXRangeFor();
10320
10321 /// Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause.
10322 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
10323 /// is performed.
10324 OpenMPClauseKind isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level,
10325 unsigned CapLevel) const;
10326
10327 /// Sets OpenMP capture kind (OMPC_private, OMPC_firstprivate, OMPC_map etc.)
10328 /// for \p FD based on DSA for the provided corresponding captured declaration
10329 /// \p D.
10330 void setOpenMPCaptureKind(FieldDecl *FD, const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
10331
10332 /// Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive.
10333 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
10334 /// is performed.
10335 bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level,
10336 unsigned CaptureLevel) const;
10337
10338 /// Check if the specified global variable must be captured by outer capture
10339 /// regions.
10340 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that
10341 /// the check is performed.
10342 bool isOpenMPGlobalCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level,
10343 unsigned CaptureLevel) const;
10344
10345 ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
10346 Expr *Op);
10347 /// Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
10348 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
10349 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
10350 SourceLocation Loc);
10351 /// Start analysis of clauses.
10352 void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K);
10353 /// End analysis of clauses.
10354 void EndOpenMPClause();
10355 /// Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
10356 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
10357
10358 /// Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is,
10359 /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as
10360 /// private by default.
10361 /// \param Init First part of the for loop.
10362 void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init);
10363
10364 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
10365 /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
10366 /// threadprivate'.
10367 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
10368 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id,
10369 OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind);
10370 /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
10371 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
10372 SourceLocation Loc,
10373 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
10374 /// Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
10375 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
10376 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
10377 /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp allocate'.
10378 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPAllocateDirective(SourceLocation Loc,
10379 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
10380 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10381 DeclContext *Owner = nullptr);
10382
10383 /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp [begin] assume[s]'.
10384 void ActOnOpenMPAssumesDirective(SourceLocation Loc,
10385 OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind,
10386 ArrayRef<StringRef> Assumptions,
10387 bool SkippedClauses);
10388
10389 /// Check if there is an active global `omp begin assumes` directive.
10390 bool isInOpenMPAssumeScope() const { return !OMPAssumeScoped.empty(); }
10391
10392 /// Check if there is an active global `omp assumes` directive.
10393 bool hasGlobalOpenMPAssumes() const { return !OMPAssumeGlobal.empty(); }
10394
10395 /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp end assumes'.
10396 void ActOnOpenMPEndAssumesDirective();
10397
10398 /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp requires'.
10399 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPRequiresDirective(SourceLocation Loc,
10400 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> ClauseList);
10401 /// Check restrictions on Requires directive
10402 OMPRequiresDecl *CheckOMPRequiresDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
10403 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
10404 /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare
10405 /// reduction' construct.
10406 QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc,
10407 TypeResult ParsedType);
10408 /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
10409 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart(
10410 Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name,
10411 ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes,
10412 AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr);
10413 /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
10414 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
10415 /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
10416 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner);
10417 /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
10418 /// \return omp_priv variable.
10419 VarDecl *ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
10420 /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
10421 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer,
10422 VarDecl *OmpPrivParm);
10423 /// Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
10424 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd(
10425 Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid);
10426
10427 /// Check variable declaration in 'omp declare mapper' construct.
10428 TypeResult ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
10429 /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare
10430 /// mapper' construct.
10431 QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperType(SourceLocation TyLoc,
10432 TypeResult ParsedType);
10433 /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare mapper'.
10434 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirective(
10435 Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, QualType MapperType,
10436 SourceLocation StartLoc, DeclarationName VN, AccessSpecifier AS,
10437 Expr *MapperVarRef, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10438 Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr);
10439 /// Build the mapper variable of '#pragma omp declare mapper'.
10440 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirectiveVarDecl(Scope *S,
10441 QualType MapperType,
10442 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10443 DeclarationName VN);
10444 bool isOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDeclAllowed(const VarDecl *VD) const;
10445 const ValueDecl *getOpenMPDeclareMapperVarName() const;
10446
10447 /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'.
10448 bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(SourceLocation Loc);
10449 /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragme omp end declare target'.
10450 void ActOnFinishOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective();
10451 /// Searches for the provided declaration name for OpenMP declare target
10452 /// directive.
10453 NamedDecl *
10454 lookupOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
10455 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id,
10456 NamedDeclSetType &SameDirectiveDecls);
10457 /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'.
10458 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc,
10459 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT,
10460 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy DT);
10461 /// Check declaration inside target region.
10462 void
10463 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D,
10464 SourceLocation IdLoc = SourceLocation());
10465 /// Finishes analysis of the deferred functions calls that may be declared as
10466 /// host/nohost during device/host compilation.
10467 void finalizeOpenMPDelayedAnalysis(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
10468 const FunctionDecl *Callee,
10469 SourceLocation Loc);
10470 /// Return true inside OpenMP declare target region.
10471 bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const {
10472 return !DeclareTargetNesting.empty();
10473 }
10474 /// Return true inside OpenMP target region.
10475 bool isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() const;
10476
10477 /// Return the number of captured regions created for an OpenMP directive.
10478 static int getOpenMPCaptureLevels(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind);
10479
10480 /// Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
10481 void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
10482 /// End of OpenMP region.
10483 ///
10484 /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region.
10485 /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region.
10486 ///
10487 /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region.
10488 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
10489 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(
10490 OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
10491 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10492 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
10493 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
10494 /// of the associated statement.
10495 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10496 Stmt *AStmt,
10497 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10498 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10499 using VarsWithInheritedDSAType =
10500 llvm::SmallDenseMap<const ValueDecl *, const Expr *, 4>;
10501 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
10502 /// of the associated statement.
10503 StmtResult
10504 ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
10505 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
10506 VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10507 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
10508 /// of the associated statement.
10509 StmtResult
10510 ActOnOpenMPForDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
10511 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
10512 VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10513 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
10514 /// of the associated statement.
10515 StmtResult
10516 ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
10517 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
10518 VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10519 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
10520 /// of the associated statement.
10521 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10522 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10523 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10524 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
10525 /// associated statement.
10526 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10527 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10528 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
10529 /// associated statement.
10530 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10531 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10532 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10533 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
10534 /// associated statement.
10535 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10536 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10537 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
10538 /// associated statement.
10539 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
10540 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10541 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10542 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10543 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
10544 /// of the associated statement.
10545 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
10546 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10547 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10548 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
10549 /// parsing of the associated statement.
10550 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
10551 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10552 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10553 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master' after
10554 /// parsing of the associated statement.
10555 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10556 Stmt *AStmt,
10557 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10558 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10559 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
10560 /// parsing of the associated statement.
10561 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10562 Stmt *AStmt,
10563 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10564 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10565 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
10566 /// associated statement.
10567 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10568 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10569 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10570 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
10571 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10572 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10573 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
10574 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10575 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10576 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
10577 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10578 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10579 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'.
10580 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10581 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10582 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10583 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
10584 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10585 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10586 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10587 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp depobj'.
10588 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDepobjDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10589 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10590 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10591 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp scan'.
10592 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPScanDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10593 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10594 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10595 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
10596 /// associated statement.
10597 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10598 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10599 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10600 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
10601 /// associated statement.
10602 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10603 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10604 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10605 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
10606 /// associated statement.
10607 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10608 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10609 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10610 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of
10611 /// the associated statement.
10612 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10613 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10614 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10615 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after
10616 /// parsing of the associated statement.
10617 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10618 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10619 SourceLocation EndLoc,
10620 Stmt *AStmt);
10621 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after
10622 /// parsing of the associated statement.
10623 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10624 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10625 SourceLocation EndLoc,
10626 Stmt *AStmt);
10627 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after
10628 /// parsing of the associated statement.
10629 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10630 Stmt *AStmt,
10631 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10632 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10633 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after
10634 /// parsing of the associated statement.
10635 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective(
10636 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10637 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10638 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
10639 /// associated statement.
10640 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10641 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10642 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10643 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'.
10644 StmtResult
10645 ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10646 SourceLocation EndLoc,
10647 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
10648 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'.
10649 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10650 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10651 SourceLocation EndLoc,
10652 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
10653 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the
10654 /// associated statement.
10655 StmtResult
10656 ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
10657 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
10658 VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10659 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of
10660 /// the associated statement.
10661 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(
10662 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10663 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10664 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master taskloop' after parsing of the
10665 /// associated statement.
10666 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterTaskLoopDirective(
10667 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10668 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10669 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master taskloop simd' after parsing of
10670 /// the associated statement.
10671 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective(
10672 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10673 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10674 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master taskloop' after
10675 /// parsing of the associated statement.
10676 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective(
10677 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10678 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10679 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master taskloop simd' after
10680 /// parsing of the associated statement.
10681 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective(
10682 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10683 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10684 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing
10685 /// of the associated statement.
10686 StmtResult
10687 ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
10688 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
10689 VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10690 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'.
10691 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10692 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10693 SourceLocation EndLoc,
10694 Stmt *AStmt);
10695 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after
10696 /// parsing of the associated statement.
10697 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective(
10698 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10699 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10700 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd'
10701 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
10702 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
10703 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10704 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10705 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after
10706 /// parsing of the associated statement.
10707 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective(
10708 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10709 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10710 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after
10711 /// parsing of the associated statement.
10712 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective(
10713 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10714 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10715 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of
10716 /// the associated statement.
10717 StmtResult
10718 ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt,
10719 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
10720 VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10721 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of
10722 /// the associated statement.
10723 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective(
10724 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10725 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10726 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing
10727 /// of the associated statement.
10728 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
10729 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10730 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10731 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd'
10732 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
10733 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
10734 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10735 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10736 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for'
10737 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
10738 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
10739 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10740 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10741 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the
10742 /// associated statement.
10743 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
10744 Stmt *AStmt,
10745 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10746 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10747 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing
10748 /// of the associated statement.
10749 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective(
10750 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10751 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10752 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for'
10753 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
10754 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective(
10755 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10756 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10757 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for
10758 /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement.
10759 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
10760 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10761 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10762 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after
10763 /// parsing of the associated statement.
10764 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective(
10765 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10766 SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
10767
10768 /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers.
10769 bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind,
10770 SourceLocation LinLoc);
10771 /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear
10772 /// decls.
10773 bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(const ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc,
10774 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type,
10775 bool IsDeclareSimd = false);
10776
10777 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of
10778 /// the associated method/function.
10779 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective(
10780 DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS,
10781 Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds,
10782 ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears,
10783 ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR);
10784
10785 /// Checks '\#pragma omp declare variant' variant function and original
10786 /// functions after parsing of the associated method/function.
10787 /// \param DG Function declaration to which declare variant directive is
10788 /// applied to.
10789 /// \param VariantRef Expression that references the variant function, which
10790 /// must be used instead of the original one, specified in \p DG.
10791 /// \param TI The trait info object representing the match clause.
10792 /// \returns None, if the function/variant function are not compatible with
10793 /// the pragma, pair of original function/variant ref expression otherwise.
10794 Optional<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, Expr *>>
10795 checkOpenMPDeclareVariantFunction(DeclGroupPtrTy DG, Expr *VariantRef,
10796 OMPTraitInfo &TI, SourceRange SR);
10797
10798 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare variant' after parsing of
10799 /// the associated method/function.
10800 /// \param FD Function declaration to which declare variant directive is
10801 /// applied to.
10802 /// \param VariantRef Expression that references the variant function, which
10803 /// must be used instead of the original one, specified in \p DG.
10804 /// \param TI The context traits associated with the function variant.
10805 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareVariantDirective(FunctionDecl *FD, Expr *VariantRef,
10806 OMPTraitInfo &TI, SourceRange SR);
10807
10808 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
10809 Expr *Expr,
10810 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10811 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10812 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10813 /// Called on well-formed 'allocator' clause.
10814 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAllocatorClause(Expr *Allocator,
10815 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10816 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10817 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10818 /// Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
10819 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier,
10820 Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10821 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10822 SourceLocation NameModifierLoc,
10823 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
10824 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10825 /// Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
10826 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10827 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10828 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10829 /// Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
10830 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
10831 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10832 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10833 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10834 /// Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
10835 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
10836 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10837 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10838 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10839 /// Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause.
10840 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10841 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10842 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10843 /// Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
10844 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
10845 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10846 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10847 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10848 /// Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
10849 OMPClause *
10850 ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
10851 SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(),
10852 Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr);
10853 /// Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause.
10854 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10855 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10856 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10857 /// Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause.
10858 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10859 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10860 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10861 /// Called on well-formed 'hint' clause.
10862 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10863 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10864 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10865 /// Called on well-formed 'detach' clause.
10866 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDetachClause(Expr *Evt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10867 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10868 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10869
10870 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
10871 unsigned Argument,
10872 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
10873 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10874 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10875 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10876 /// Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
10877 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(llvm::omp::DefaultKind Kind,
10878 SourceLocation KindLoc,
10879 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10880 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10881 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10882 /// Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
10883 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(llvm::omp::ProcBindKind Kind,
10884 SourceLocation KindLoc,
10885 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10886 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10887 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10888 /// Called on well-formed 'order' clause.
10889 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPOrderClause(OpenMPOrderClauseKind Kind,
10890 SourceLocation KindLoc,
10891 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10892 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10893 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10894 /// Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
10895 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind Kind,
10896 SourceLocation KindLoc,
10897 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10898 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10899 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10900
10901 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(
10902 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr,
10903 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10904 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc,
10905 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10906 /// Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
10907 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(
10908 OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2,
10909 OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10910 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc,
10911 SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
10912
10913 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
10914 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10915 /// Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
10916 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10917 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10918 /// Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
10919 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10920 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10921 /// Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
10922 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10923 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10924 /// Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
10925 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10926 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10927 /// Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
10928 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10929 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10930 /// Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
10931 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10932 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10933 /// Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
10934 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10935 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10936 /// Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
10937 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10938 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10939 /// Called on well-formed 'acq_rel' clause.
10940 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAcqRelClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10941 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10942 /// Called on well-formed 'acquire' clause.
10943 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAcquireClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10944 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10945 /// Called on well-formed 'release' clause.
10946 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReleaseClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10947 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10948 /// Called on well-formed 'relaxed' clause.
10949 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPRelaxedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10950 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10951 /// Called on well-formed 'destroy' clause.
10952 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDestroyClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10953 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10954 /// Called on well-formed 'threads' clause.
10955 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10956 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10957 /// Called on well-formed 'simd' clause.
10958 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10959 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10960 /// Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause.
10961 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10962 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10963 /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause.
10964 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedAddressClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10965 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10966
10967 /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause.
10968 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedSharedMemoryClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10969 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10970
10971 /// Called on well-formed 'reverse_offload' clause.
10972 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReverseOffloadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10973 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10974
10975 /// Called on well-formed 'dynamic_allocators' clause.
10976 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDynamicAllocatorsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
10977 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10978
10979 /// Called on well-formed 'atomic_default_mem_order' clause.
10980 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClause(
10981 OpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation KindLoc,
10982 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
10983
10984 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(
10985 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *DepModOrTailExpr,
10986 const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
10987 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionOrMapperIdScopeSpec,
10988 DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionOrMapperId, int ExtraModifier,
10989 ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers,
10990 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
10991 SourceLocation ExtraModifierLoc,
10992 ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers,
10993 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc);
10994 /// Called on well-formed 'inclusive' clause.
10995 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInclusiveClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
10996 SourceLocation StartLoc,
10997 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
10998 SourceLocation EndLoc);
10999 /// Called on well-formed 'exclusive' clause.
11000 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPExclusiveClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11001 SourceLocation StartLoc,
11002 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11003 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11004 /// Called on well-formed 'allocate' clause.
11005 OMPClause *
11006 ActOnOpenMPAllocateClause(Expr *Allocator, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11007 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11008 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11009 /// Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
11010 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11011 SourceLocation StartLoc,
11012 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11013 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11014 /// Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
11015 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11016 SourceLocation StartLoc,
11017 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11018 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11019 /// Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
11020 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(
11021 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, OpenMPLastprivateModifier LPKind,
11022 SourceLocation LPKindLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11023 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11024 /// Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
11025 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11026 SourceLocation StartLoc,
11027 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11028 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11029 /// Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
11030 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(
11031 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, OpenMPReductionClauseModifier Modifier,
11032 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11033 SourceLocation ModifierLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11034 SourceLocation EndLoc, CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
11035 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
11036 ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
11037 /// Called on well-formed 'task_reduction' clause.
11038 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPTaskReductionClause(
11039 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11040 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
11041 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
11042 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
11043 ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
11044 /// Called on well-formed 'in_reduction' clause.
11045 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInReductionClause(
11046 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11047 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
11048 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
11049 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
11050 ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
11051 /// Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
11052 OMPClause *
11053 ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step,
11054 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11055 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc,
11056 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11057 /// Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
11058 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11059 Expr *Alignment,
11060 SourceLocation StartLoc,
11061 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11062 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11063 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11064 /// Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
11065 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11066 SourceLocation StartLoc,
11067 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11068 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11069 /// Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
11070 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11071 SourceLocation StartLoc,
11072 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11073 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11074 /// Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
11075 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11076 SourceLocation StartLoc,
11077 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11078 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11079 /// Called on well-formed 'depobj' pseudo clause.
11080 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDepobjClause(Expr *Depobj, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11081 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11082 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11083 /// Called on well-formed 'depend' clause.
11084 OMPClause *
11085 ActOnOpenMPDependClause(Expr *DepModifier, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind,
11086 SourceLocation DepLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11087 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11088 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11089 /// Called on well-formed 'device' clause.
11090 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(OpenMPDeviceClauseModifier Modifier,
11091 Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11092 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11093 SourceLocation ModifierLoc,
11094 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11095 /// Called on well-formed 'map' clause.
11096 OMPClause *
11097 ActOnOpenMPMapClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers,
11098 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc,
11099 CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec,
11100 DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId,
11101 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
11102 SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11103 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs,
11104 ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None);
11105 /// Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause.
11106 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11107 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11108 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11109 /// Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause.
11110 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit,
11111 SourceLocation StartLoc,
11112 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11113 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11114 /// Called on well-formed 'priority' clause.
11115 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11116 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11117 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11118 /// Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause.
11119 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause(
11120 OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize,
11121 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc,
11122 SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11123 /// Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause.
11124 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause(
11125 OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind,
11126 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc,
11127 SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
11128 /// Called on well-formed 'to' clause.
11129 OMPClause *
11130 ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers,
11131 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc,
11132 CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec,
11133 DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11134 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs,
11135 ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None);
11136 /// Called on well-formed 'from' clause.
11137 OMPClause *
11138 ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers,
11139 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc,
11140 CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec,
11141 DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11142 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs,
11143 ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None);
11144 /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause.
11145 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11146 const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs);
11147 /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_addr' clause.
11148 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDeviceAddrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11149 const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs);
11150 /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause.
11151 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11152 const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs);
11153 /// Called on well-formed 'nontemporal' clause.
11154 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNontemporalClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
11155 SourceLocation StartLoc,
11156 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11157 SourceLocation EndLoc);
11158
11159 /// Data for list of allocators.
11160 struct UsesAllocatorsData {
11161 /// Allocator.
11162 Expr *Allocator = nullptr;
11163 /// Allocator traits.
11164 Expr *AllocatorTraits = nullptr;
11165 /// Locations of '(' and ')' symbols.
11166 SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc;
11167 };
11168 /// Called on well-formed 'uses_allocators' clause.
11169 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUsesAllocatorClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11170 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11171 SourceLocation EndLoc,
11172 ArrayRef<UsesAllocatorsData> Data);
11173 /// Called on well-formed 'affinity' clause.
11174 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAffinityClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
11175 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11176 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
11177 SourceLocation EndLoc, Expr *Modifier,
11178 ArrayRef<Expr *> Locators);
11179
11180 /// The kind of conversion being performed.
11181 enum CheckedConversionKind {
11182 /// An implicit conversion.
11183 CCK_ImplicitConversion,
11184 /// A C-style cast.
11185 CCK_CStyleCast,
11186 /// A functional-style cast.
11187 CCK_FunctionalCast,
11188 /// A cast other than a C-style cast.
11189 CCK_OtherCast,
11190 /// A conversion for an operand of a builtin overloaded operator.
11191 CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp
11192 };
11193
11194 static bool isCast(CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
11195 return CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast ||
11196 CCK == CCK_OtherCast;
11197 }
11198
11199 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
11200 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
11201 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
11202 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
11203 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
11204 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
11205 CheckedConversionKind CCK
11206 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
11207
11208 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
11209 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
11210 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
11211
11212 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
11213 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
11214 /// required.
11215 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
11216
11217 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
11218 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
11219 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
11220
11221 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
11222 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
11223 ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
11224
11225 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
11226 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
11227 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true);
11228
11229 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
11230 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
11231 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
11232 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E,
11233 bool Diagnose = true);
11234
11235 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
11236 // the operand. This function is a no-op if the operand has a function type
11237 // or an array type.
11238 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
11239
11240 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
11241 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
11242 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
11243 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
11244
11245 /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize
11246 /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because
11247 /// we don't have xvalues there.
11248 ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E);
11249
11250 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
11251 enum VariadicCallType {
11252 VariadicFunction,
11253 VariadicBlock,
11254 VariadicMethod,
11255 VariadicConstructor,
11256 VariadicDoesNotApply
11257 };
11258
11259 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
11260 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
11261 Expr *Fn);
11262
11263 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
11264 // vararg function.
11265 enum VarArgKind {
11266 VAK_Valid,
11267 VAK_ValidInCXX11,
11268 VAK_Undefined,
11269 VAK_MSVCUndefined,
11270 VAK_Invalid
11271 };
11272
11273 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
11274 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
11275
11276 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
11277 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
11278 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
11279
11280 /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
11281 bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
11282
11283 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
11284 /// form of call prototypes.
11285 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
11286 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
11287 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
11288 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
11289 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
11290 bool AllowExplicit = false,
11291 bool IsListInitialization = false);
11292
11293 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
11294 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
11295 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
11296 FunctionDecl *FDecl);
11297
11298 /// Context in which we're performing a usual arithmetic conversion.
11299 enum ArithConvKind {
11300 /// An arithmetic operation.
11301 ACK_Arithmetic,
11302 /// A bitwise operation.
11303 ACK_BitwiseOp,
11304 /// A comparison.
11305 ACK_Comparison,
11306 /// A conditional (?:) operator.
11307 ACK_Conditional,
11308 /// A compound assignment expression.
11309 ACK_CompAssign,
11310 };
11311
11312 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
11313 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
11314 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
11315 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
11316 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
11317 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11318 SourceLocation Loc, ArithConvKind ACK);
11319
11320 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
11321 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are
11322 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
11323 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a
11324 /// source and destination type.
11325 enum AssignConvertType {
11326 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
11327 Compatible,
11328
11329 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
11330 /// accept as an extension.
11331 PointerToInt,
11332
11333 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
11334 /// accept as an extension.
11335 IntToPointer,
11336
11337 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
11338 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
11339 FunctionVoidPointer,
11340
11341 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
11342 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
11343 IncompatiblePointer,
11344
11345 /// IncompatibleFunctionPointer - The assignment is between two function
11346 /// pointers types that are not compatible, but we accept them as an
11347 /// extension.
11348 IncompatibleFunctionPointer,
11349
11350 /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types
11351 /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
11352 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
11353 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
11354 IncompatiblePointerSign,
11355
11356 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
11357 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
11358 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
11359
11360 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
11361 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
11362 /// like address spaces.
11363 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
11364
11365 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch - The assignment
11366 /// changes address spaces in nested pointer types which is not allowed.
11367 /// For instance, converting __private int ** to __generic int ** is
11368 /// illegal even though __private could be converted to __generic.
11369 IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch,
11370
11371 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
11372 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
11373 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
11374 /// extension.
11375 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
11376
11377 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
11378 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
11379 IncompatibleVectors,
11380
11381 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
11382 /// pointer. We disallow this.
11383 IntToBlockPointer,
11384
11385 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
11386 /// pointers types that are not compatible.
11387 IncompatibleBlockPointer,
11388
11389 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
11390 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
11391 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
11392 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
11393
11394 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
11395 /// object with __weak qualifier.
11396 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
11397
11398 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
11399 /// represent it in the AST.
11400 Incompatible
11401 };
11402
11403 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
11404 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the
11405 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
11406 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
11407 SourceLocation Loc,
11408 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
11409 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
11410 bool *Complained = nullptr);
11411
11412 /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
11413 /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
11414 /// value, to be used as a mask.
11415 bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
11416 bool AllowMask) const;
11417
11418 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
11419 /// integer not in the range of enum values.
11420 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
11421 Expr *SrcExpr);
11422
11423 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
11424 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
11425 /// C99 6.5.16.
11426 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
11427 QualType LHSType,
11428 QualType RHSType);
11429
11430 /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of
11431 /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS
11432 /// is true.
11433 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
11434 ExprResult &RHS,
11435 CastKind &Kind,
11436 bool ConvertRHS = true);
11437
11438 /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType.
11439 ///
11440 /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment.
11441 /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment.
11442 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking
11443 /// for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be
11444 /// set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return
11445 /// without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment.
11446 /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter
11447 /// in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked
11448 /// for ARC retain issues.
11449 /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the
11450 /// conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false,
11451 /// \p Diagnose must also be \c false.
11452 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(
11453 QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true,
11454 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true);
11455
11456 // If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
11457 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
11458 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
11459 ExprResult &RHS);
11460
11461 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
11462
11463 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
11464
11465 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
11466 AssignmentAction Action,
11467 bool AllowExplicit = false);
11468 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
11469 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
11470 AssignmentAction Action,
11471 CheckedConversionKind CCK
11472 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
11473 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
11474 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
11475 AssignmentAction Action,
11476 CheckedConversionKind CCK);
11477
11478 ExprResult PerformQualificationConversion(
11479 Expr *E, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
11480 CheckedConversionKind CCK = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
11481
11482 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
11483 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
11484
11485 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
11486 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
11487 ExprResult &RHS);
11488 QualType InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
11489 ExprResult &RHS);
11490 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
11491 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
11492 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
11493 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
11494 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
11495 bool IsDivide);
11496 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
11497 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11498 bool IsCompAssign = false);
11499 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
11500 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11501 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
11502 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
11503 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11504 QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
11505 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
11506 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11507 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false);
11508 void CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(ExprResult &E, ExprResult &NullE);
11509 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
11510 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11511 BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
11512 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
11513 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11514 BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
11515 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
11516 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11517 BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
11518 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
11519 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
11520 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
11521 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
11522 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
11523
11524 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11525 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
11526 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11527 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
11528 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
11529 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
11530 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
11531
11532 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
11533 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11534 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
11535 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
11536 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
11537 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
11538 QualType CheckGNUVectorConditionalTypes(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
11539 ExprResult &RHS,
11540 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
11541 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
11542 bool ConvertArgs = true);
11543 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
11544 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
11545 bool ConvertArgs = true) {
11546 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
11547 QualType Composite =
11548 FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs);
11549 E1 = E1Tmp;
11550 E2 = E2Tmp;
11551 return Composite;
11552 }
11553
11554 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11555 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
11556
11557 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
11558 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
11559
11560 void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
11561 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
11562 bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
11563
11564 /// type checking for vector binary operators.
11565 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11566 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
11567 bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion);
11568 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
11569 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11570 SourceLocation Loc,
11571 BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
11572 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11573 SourceLocation Loc);
11574
11575 /// Type checking for matrix binary operators.
11576 QualType CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11577 SourceLocation Loc,
11578 bool IsCompAssign);
11579 QualType CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11580 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
11581
11582 bool isValidSveBitcast(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
11583
11584 bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
11585 bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
11586
11587 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
11588 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
11589
11590 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
11591
11592 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
11593 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
11594 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
11595 enum ReferenceCompareResult {
11596 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
11597 /// reference binding is not possible.
11598 Ref_Incompatible = 0,
11599 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
11600 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
11601 /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
11602 Ref_Related,
11603 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible.
11604 Ref_Compatible
11605 };
11606
11607 // Fake up a scoped enumeration that still contextually converts to bool.
11608 struct ReferenceConversionsScope {
11609 /// The conversions that would be performed on an lvalue of type T2 when
11610 /// binding a reference of type T1 to it, as determined when evaluating
11611 /// whether T1 is reference-compatible with T2.
11612 enum ReferenceConversions {
11613 Qualification = 0x1,
11614 NestedQualification = 0x2,
11615 Function = 0x4,
11616 DerivedToBase = 0x8,
11617 ObjC = 0x10,
11618 ObjCLifetime = 0x20,
11619
11620 LLVM_MARK_AS_BITMASK_ENUM(/*LargestValue=*/ObjCLifetime)
11621 };
11622 };
11623 using ReferenceConversions = ReferenceConversionsScope::ReferenceConversions;
11624
11625 ReferenceCompareResult
11626 CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T1, QualType T2,
11627 ReferenceConversions *Conv = nullptr);
11628
11629 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
11630 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
11631 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
11632
11633 /// Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
11634 /// given type.
11635 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
11636
11637 /// Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
11638 /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
11639 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
11640 Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
11641
11642 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
11643 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
11644 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
11645 // returns true if the cast is invalid
11646 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
11647 CastKind &Kind);
11648
11649 /// Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding
11650 /// implicit casts if necessary.
11651 ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr);
11652
11653 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
11654 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
11655 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
11656 // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
11657 // returns the cast expr
11658 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
11659 CastKind &Kind);
11660
11661 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type,
11662 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
11663 Expr *CastExpr,
11664 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
11665
11666 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error };
11667
11668 /// Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
11669 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds for ARC and Weak.
11670 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
11671 QualType castType, Expr *&op,
11672 CheckedConversionKind CCK,
11673 bool Diagnose = true,
11674 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
11675 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
11676 );
11677
11678 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
11679 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
11680
11681 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
11682 QualType ExprType);
11683
11684 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
11685 /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
11686 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
11687 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
11688 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
11689
11690 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
11691 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
11692 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
11693
11694 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
11695 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
11696 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
11697
11698 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
11699 /// \param Method - May be null.
11700 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
11701 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
11702 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType,
11703 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
11704 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
11705 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
11706 bool isSuperMessage, SourceLocation lbrac,
11707 SourceLocation rbrac, SourceRange RecRange,
11708 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
11709
11710 /// Determine the result of a message send expression based on
11711 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
11712 /// and the form of the message send.
11713 QualType getMessageSendResultType(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType,
11714 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
11715 bool isSuperMessage);
11716
11717 /// If the given expression involves a message send to a method
11718 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
11719 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
11720
11721 /// Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
11722 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
11723 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
11724 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
11725
11726 class ConditionResult {
11727 Decl *ConditionVar;
11728 FullExprArg Condition;
11729 bool Invalid;
11730 bool HasKnownValue;
11731 bool KnownValue;
11732
11733 friend class Sema;
11734 ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition,
11735 bool IsConstexpr)
11736 : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false),
11737 HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() &&
11738 !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()),
11739 KnownValue(HasKnownValue &&
11740 !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {}
11741 explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid)
11742 : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid),
11743 HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {}
11744
11745 public:
11746 ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {}
11747 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
11748 std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const {
11749 return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar),
11750 Condition.get());
11751 }
11752 llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const {
11753 if (!HasKnownValue)
11754 return None;
11755 return KnownValue;
11756 }
11757 };
11758 static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); }
11759
11760 enum class ConditionKind {
11761 Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'.
11762 ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'.
11763 Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement.
11764 };
11765
11766 ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
11767 Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK);
11768
11769 ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
11770 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
11771 ConditionKind CK);
11772
11773 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
11774
11775 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
11776 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
11777 ConditionKind CK);
11778 ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond);
11779
11780 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
11781 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
11782 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array
11783 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
11784 ///
11785 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
11786 /// 'if' keyword.
11787 /// \return true iff there were any errors
11788 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
11789 bool IsConstexpr = false);
11790
11791 /// ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier - Build an ExplicitSpecifier from an expression
11792 /// found in an explicit(bool) specifier.
11793 ExplicitSpecifier ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier(Expr *E);
11794
11795 /// tryResolveExplicitSpecifier - Attempt to resolve the explict specifier.
11796 /// Returns true if the explicit specifier is now resolved.
11797 bool tryResolveExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier &ExplicitSpec);
11798
11799 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
11800 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
11801 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
11802
11803 /// Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
11804 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
11805 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
11806
11807 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
11808 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false);
11809
11810 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
11811 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
11812 /// the specified diagnostic.
11813 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
11814 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
11815 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
11816
11817 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
11818 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
11819 /// in the global scope.
11820 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
11821
11822 /// Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
11823 /// expression violations.
11824 class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
11825 public:
11826 bool Suppress;
11827
11828 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
11829
11830 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
11831 diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
11832 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S,
11833 SourceLocation Loc) = 0;
11834 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc);
11835 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() {}
11836 };
11837
11838 enum AllowFoldKind {
11839 NoFold,
11840 AllowFold,
11841 };
11842
11843 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
11844 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
11845 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
11846 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
11847 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
11848 AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold);
11849 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
11850 unsigned DiagID,
11851 AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold);
11852 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
11853 llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr,
11854 AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold);
11855 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
11856 AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold) {
11857 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, nullptr, CanFold);
11858 }
11859
11860 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
11861 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
11862 /// Returns false on success.
11863 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
11864 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11865 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11866 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
11867
11868private:
11869 unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0;
11870
11871public:
11872 /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing
11873 /// functions to be __host__ __device__. So long as this count is greater
11874 /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__.
11875 void PushForceCUDAHostDevice();
11876
11877 /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing
11878 /// functions to be __host__ __device__. Returns false if the count is 0
11879 /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error.
11880 bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice();
11881
11882 /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function
11883 /// must be codegen'ed. Because handling these correctly adds overhead to
11884 /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations.
11885 llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
11886 std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>>
11887 DeviceDeferredDiags;
11888
11889 /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation. When used as the
11890 /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed.
11891 struct FunctionDeclAndLoc {
11892 CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD;
11893 SourceLocation Loc;
11894 };
11895
11896 /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a
11897 /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic. We use this to avoid emitting the
11898 /// same deferred diag twice.
11899 llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags;
11900
11901 /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their
11902 /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call).
11903 ///
11904 /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this
11905 /// map.
11906 llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>,
11907 /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc>
11908 DeviceKnownEmittedFns;
11909
11910 /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current
11911 /// context is "used as device code".
11912 ///
11913 /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics
11914 /// unless \p EmitOnBothSides is true.
11915 /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the
11916 /// diagnostics immediately.
11917 /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for
11918 /// the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize
11919 /// that the function will be codegen'ed.
11920 ///
11921 /// Example usage:
11922 ///
11923 /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code.
11924 /// if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget())
11925 /// return ExprError();
11926 /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal.
11927 SemaDiagnosticBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc,
11928 unsigned DiagID);
11929
11930 /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current
11931 /// context is "used as host code".
11932 ///
11933 /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched.
11934 SemaDiagnosticBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
11935
11936 /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current
11937 /// context is "used as device code".
11938 ///
11939 /// - If CurContext is a `declare target` function or it is known that the
11940 /// function is emitted for the device, emits the diagnostics immediately.
11941 /// - If CurContext is a non-`declare target` function and we are compiling
11942 /// for the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we
11943 /// realize that the function will be codegen'ed.
11944 ///
11945 /// Example usage:
11946 ///
11947 /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in NVPTX device code.
11948 /// if (diagIfOpenMPDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_vla_unsupported))
11949 /// return ExprError();
11950 /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal.
11951 SemaDiagnosticBuilder
11952 diagIfOpenMPDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, FunctionDecl *FD);
11953
11954 /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current
11955 /// context is "used as host code".
11956 ///
11957 /// - If CurContext is a `declare target` function or it is known that the
11958 /// function is emitted for the host, emits the diagnostics immediately.
11959 /// - If CurContext is a non-host function, just ignore it.
11960 ///
11961 /// Example usage:
11962 ///
11963 /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in NVPTX device code.
11964 /// if (diagIfOpenMPHostode(Loc, diag::err_vla_unsupported))
11965 /// return ExprError();
11966 /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal.
11967 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagIfOpenMPHostCode(SourceLocation Loc,
11968 unsigned DiagID, FunctionDecl *FD);
11969
11970 SemaDiagnosticBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID,
11971 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
11972 SemaDiagnosticBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc,
11973 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
11974 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr) {
11975 return targetDiag(Loc, PD.getDiagID(), FD) << PD;
11976 }
11977
11978 /// Check if the expression is allowed to be used in expressions for the
11979 /// offloading devices.
11980 void checkDeviceDecl(ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc);
11981
11982 enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
11983 CFT_Device,
11984 CFT_Global,
11985 CFT_Host,
11986 CFT_HostDevice,
11987 CFT_InvalidTarget
11988 };
11989
11990 /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc.
11991 /// function.
11992 ///
11993 /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you
11994 /// will get it wrong. Returns CFT_Host if D is null.
11995 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D,
11996 bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false);
11997 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs);
11998
11999 /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context.
12000 CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() {
12001 return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext));
12002 }
12003
12004 static bool isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(const FunctionDecl *D);
12005
12006 // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from
12007 // worst to best.
12008 enum CUDAFunctionPreference {
12009 CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination.
12010 CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device
12011 // function that do not match current compilation
12012 // mode.
12013 CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions.
12014 CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device
12015 // function matching current compilation mode.
12016 CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls.
12017 };
12018
12019 /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee
12020 /// combination, based on their host/device attributes.
12021 /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee.
12022 /// nullptr in case of global context.
12023 /// \param Callee target function
12024 ///
12025 /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination.
12026 CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
12027 const FunctionDecl *Callee);
12028
12029 /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA
12030 /// host/device attributes. Returns false if the call is not allowed.
12031 ///
12032 /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls. These may appear in
12033 /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed.
12034 bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
12035 const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
12036 return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never;
12037 }
12038
12039 /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD,
12040 /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings.
12041 void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD,
12042 const LookupResult &Previous);
12043
12044 /// May add implicit CUDAConstantAttr attribute to VD, depending on VD
12045 /// and current compilation settings.
12046 void MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(VarDecl *VD);
12047
12048public:
12049 /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context.
12050 ///
12051 /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program
12052 /// (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false.
12053 ///
12054 /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if
12055 /// it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to
12056 /// be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true.
12057 ///
12058 /// Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once,
12059 /// so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate
12060 /// deferred errors.
12061 ///
12062 /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics.
12063 bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee);
12064
12065 void CUDACheckLambdaCapture(CXXMethodDecl *D, const sema::Capture &Capture);
12066
12067 /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda
12068 /// operator() method.
12069 ///
12070 /// CUDA lambdas by default is host device function unless it has explicit
12071 /// host or device attribute.
12072 void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
12073
12074 /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority
12075 /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower
12076 /// calling priority.
12077 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(
12078 const FunctionDecl *Caller,
12079 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches);
12080
12081 /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
12082 /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
12083 /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
12084 /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
12085 /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
12086 /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
12087 /// its RHS.
12088 /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
12089 /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
12090 /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
12091 /// the member declaration.
12092 bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
12093 CXXSpecialMember CSM,
12094 CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
12095 bool ConstRHS,
12096 bool Diagnose);
12097
12098 /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA
12099 /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide).
12100 bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
12101 bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD);
12102
12103 // \brief Checks that initializers of \p Var satisfy CUDA restrictions. In
12104 // case of error emits appropriate diagnostic and invalidates \p Var.
12105 //
12106 // \details CUDA allows only empty constructors as initializers for global
12107 // variables (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 7.5). The same restriction also applies to all
12108 // __shared__ variables whether they are local or not (they all are implicitly
12109 // static in CUDA). One exception is that CUDA allows constant initializers
12110 // for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
12111 void checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VarDecl *VD);
12112
12113 /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits
12114 /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not.
12115 void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD,
12116 const LookupResult &Previous);
12117 /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD.
12118 void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD);
12119
12120 /// Returns the name of the launch configuration function. This is the name
12121 /// of the function that will be called to configure kernel call, with the
12122 /// parameters specified via <<<>>>.
12123 std::string getCudaConfigureFuncName() const;
12124
12125 /// \name Code completion
12126 //@{
12127 /// Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
12128 enum ParserCompletionContext {
12129 /// Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
12130 PCC_Namespace,
12131 /// Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
12132 PCC_Class,
12133 /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
12134 /// or category.
12135 PCC_ObjCInterface,
12136 /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
12137 /// category implementation
12138 PCC_ObjCImplementation,
12139 /// Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
12140 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
12141 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
12142 /// Code completion occurs following one or more template
12143 /// headers.
12144 PCC_Template,
12145 /// Code completion occurs following one or more template
12146 /// headers within a class.
12147 PCC_MemberTemplate,
12148 /// Code completion occurs within an expression.
12149 PCC_Expression,
12150 /// Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
12151 /// also be an expression or a declaration.
12152 PCC_Statement,
12153 /// Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
12154 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
12155 PCC_ForInit,
12156 /// Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
12157 /// while, switch, or for statement.
12158 PCC_Condition,
12159 /// Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
12160 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
12161 /// in the grammar.
12162 PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
12163 /// Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
12164 PCC_Type,
12165 /// Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
12166 /// might also be a type cast.
12167 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
12168 /// Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
12169 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
12170 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
12171 };
12172
12173 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
12174 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
12175 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
12176 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
12177 bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
12178 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
12179
12180 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
12181 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
12182 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
12183 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType,
12184 bool IsParenthesized = false);
12185 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, Expr *OtherOpBase,
12186 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
12187 bool IsBaseExprStatement,
12188 QualType PreferredType);
12189 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS,
12190 QualType PreferredType);
12191 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
12192 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
12193 void CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D,
12194 const VirtSpecifiers *VS = nullptr);
12195 void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S);
12196 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
12197 /// Reports signatures for a call to CodeCompleteConsumer and returns the
12198 /// preferred type for the current argument. Returned type can be null.
12199 QualType ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
12200 SourceLocation OpenParLoc);
12201 QualType ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(Scope *S, QualType Type,
12202 SourceLocation Loc,
12203 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
12204 SourceLocation OpenParLoc);
12205 QualType ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Decl *ConstructorDecl,
12206 CXXScopeSpec SS,
12207 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
12208 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs,
12209 IdentifierInfo *II,
12210 SourceLocation OpenParLoc);
12211 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
12212 /// Trigger code completion for a record of \p BaseType. \p InitExprs are
12213 /// expressions in the initializer list seen so far and \p D is the current
12214 /// Designation being parsed.
12215 void CodeCompleteDesignator(const QualType BaseType,
12216 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> InitExprs,
12217 const Designation &D);
12218 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S, bool IsBracedThen);
12219
12220 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, bool EnteringContext,
12221 bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType,
12222 QualType PreferredType);
12223 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
12224 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
12225 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
12226 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
12227 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
12228 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
12229 Decl *Constructor,
12230 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
12231
12232 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
12233 bool AfterAmpersand);
12234 void CodeCompleteAfterFunctionEquals(Declarator &D);
12235
12236 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
12237 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
12238 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
12239 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
12240 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
12241 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
12242 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
12243 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
12244 bool IsParameter);
12245 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
12246 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
12247 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
12248 bool AtArgumentExpression);
12249 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
12250 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
12251 bool AtArgumentExpression,
12252 bool IsSuper = false);
12253 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
12254 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
12255 bool AtArgumentExpression,
12256 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
12257 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
12258 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
12259 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
12260 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
12261 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(
12262 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols);
12263 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
12264 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
12265 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
12266 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
12267 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
12268 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
12269 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
12270 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
12271 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
12272 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
12273 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
12274 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
12275 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
12276 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
12277 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
12278 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod,
12279 ParsedType ReturnType);
12280 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
12281 bool IsInstanceMethod,
12282 bool AtParameterName,
12283 ParsedType ReturnType,
12284 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
12285 void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName,
12286 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc,
12287 bool IsBaseExprStatement);
12288 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
12289 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
12290 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
12291 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
12292 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
12293 IdentifierInfo *Macro,
12294 MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
12295 unsigned Argument);
12296 void CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool IsAngled);
12297 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
12298 void CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName();
12299 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
12300 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
12301 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
12302 //@}
12303
12304 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12305 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
12306
12307public:
12308 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
12309 unsigned ByteNo) const;
12310
12311private:
12312 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
12313 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
12314 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
12315 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
12316 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
12317 // FunctionDeclaration.
12318 struct FormatStringInfo {
12319 unsigned FormatIdx;
12320 unsigned FirstDataArg;
12321 bool HasVAListArg;
12322 };
12323
12324 static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
12325 FormatStringInfo *FSI);
12326 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
12327 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
12328 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
12329 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
12330 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
12331 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
12332 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
12333 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
12334 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
12335 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
12336 SourceLocation Loc);
12337
12338 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
12339 const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
12340 bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
12341 VariadicCallType CallType);
12342
12343 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
12344 ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg);
12345
12346 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
12347 unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12348
12349 bool CheckTSBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12350 CallExpr *TheCall);
12351
12352 void checkFortifiedBuiltinMemoryFunction(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *TheCall);
12353
12354 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
12355 unsigned MaxWidth);
12356 bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12357 CallExpr *TheCall);
12358 bool CheckMVEBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12359 bool CheckSVEBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12360 bool CheckCDEBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12361 CallExpr *TheCall);
12362 bool CheckARMCoprocessorImmediate(const TargetInfo &TI, const Expr *CoprocArg,
12363 bool WantCDE);
12364 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12365 CallExpr *TheCall);
12366
12367 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12368 CallExpr *TheCall);
12369 bool CheckBPFBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12370 bool CheckHexagonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12371 bool CheckHexagonBuiltinArgument(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12372 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12373 CallExpr *TheCall);
12374 bool CheckMipsBuiltinCpu(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12375 CallExpr *TheCall);
12376 bool CheckMipsBuiltinArgument(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12377 bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12378 bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12379 bool CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12380 bool CheckX86BuiltinTileArguments(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12381 bool CheckX86BuiltinTileArgumentsRange(CallExpr *TheCall,
12382 ArrayRef<int> ArgNums);
12383 bool CheckX86BuiltinTileDuplicate(CallExpr *TheCall, ArrayRef<int> ArgNums);
12384 bool CheckX86BuiltinTileRangeAndDuplicate(CallExpr *TheCall,
12385 ArrayRef<int> ArgNums);
12386 bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12387 CallExpr *TheCall);
12388 bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
12389 CallExpr *TheCall);
12390 bool CheckAMDGCNBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12391
12392 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12393 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call);
12394 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
12395 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
12396 bool SemaBuiltinComplex(CallExpr *TheCall);
12397 bool SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall);
12398 bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall);
12399
12400public:
12401 // Used by C++ template instantiation.
12402 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
12403 ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12404 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12405 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
12406
12407private:
12408 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
12409 bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall);
12410 bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
12411 bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
12412 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
12413 bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
12414 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
12415 ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
12416 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
12417 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
12418 ExprResult SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
12419 bool IsDelete);
12420 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
12421 llvm::APSInt &Result);
12422 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, int Low,
12423 int High, bool RangeIsError = true);
12424 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
12425 unsigned Multiple);
12426 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgPower2(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum);
12427 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgShiftedByte(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
12428 unsigned ArgBits);
12429 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgShiftedByteOrXXFF(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
12430 unsigned ArgBits);
12431 bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
12432 int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
12433 bool AllowName);
12434 bool SemaBuiltinARMMemoryTaggingCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
12435 bool SemaBuiltinPPCMMACall(CallExpr *TheCall, const char *TypeDesc);
12436
12437 bool CheckPPCMMAType(QualType Type, SourceLocation TypeLoc);
12438
12439 // Matrix builtin handling.
12440 ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixTranspose(CallExpr *TheCall,
12441 ExprResult CallResult);
12442 ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixColumnMajorLoad(CallExpr *TheCall,
12443 ExprResult CallResult);
12444 ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixColumnMajorStore(CallExpr *TheCall,
12445 ExprResult CallResult);
12446
12447public:
12448 enum FormatStringType {
12449 FST_Scanf,
12450 FST_Printf,
12451 FST_NSString,
12452 FST_Strftime,
12453 FST_Strfmon,
12454 FST_Kprintf,
12455 FST_FreeBSDKPrintf,
12456 FST_OSTrace,
12457 FST_OSLog,
12458 FST_Unknown
12459 };
12460 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
12461
12462 bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
12463
12464 static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
12465
12466private:
12467 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
12468 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
12469 bool IsCXXMember,
12470 VariadicCallType CallType,
12471 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
12472 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
12473 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
12474 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
12475 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
12476 VariadicCallType CallType,
12477 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
12478 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
12479
12480 void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
12481 const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
12482
12483 void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
12484
12485 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
12486 unsigned BId,
12487 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
12488
12489 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
12490 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
12491
12492 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
12493 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
12494
12495 void CheckFreeArguments(const CallExpr *E);
12496
12497 void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
12498 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
12499 bool isObjCMethod = false,
12500 const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
12501 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
12502
12503public:
12504 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
12505
12506private:
12507 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
12508 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
12509 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
12510 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(const Expr *E);
12511
12512 /// Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
12513 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
12514 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
12515 bool IsConstexpr = false);
12516
12517 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
12518 Expr *Init);
12519
12520 /// Check if there is a field shadowing.
12521 void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc,
12522 DeclarationName FieldName,
12523 const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
12524 bool DeclIsField = true);
12525
12526 /// Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
12527 /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
12528 void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
12529
12530 /// Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which
12531 /// attempts to add itself into the container
12532 void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message);
12533
12534 void CheckTCBEnforcement(const CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionDecl *Callee);
12535
12536 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
12537 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
12538 bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
12539public:
12540 /// Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
12541 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
12542 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
12543 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
12544
12545 struct TypeTagData {
12546 TypeTagData() {}
12547
12548 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
12549 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
12550 MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
12551 {}
12552
12553 QualType Type;
12554
12555 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
12556 /// layout-compatibility.
12557 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
12558 unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
12559 };
12560
12561 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely
12562 /// identifies the magic value.
12563 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
12564
12565private:
12566 /// A map from magic value to type information.
12567 std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
12568 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
12569
12570 /// Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
12571 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
12572 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
12573 const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs,
12574 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
12575
12576 /// Check if we are taking the address of a packed field
12577 /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced.
12578 void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs);
12579
12580 /// The parser's current scope.
12581 ///
12582 /// The parser maintains this state here.
12583 Scope *CurScope;
12584
12585 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
12586 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
12587
12588 /// Nullability type specifiers.
12589 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr;
12590 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr;
12591 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable_result = nullptr;
12592 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr;
12593
12594 IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr;
12595
12596 /// The handler for the FileChanged preprocessor events.
12597 ///
12598 /// Used for diagnostics that implement custom semantic analysis for #include
12599 /// directives, like -Wpragma-pack.
12600 sema::SemaPPCallbacks *SemaPPCallbackHandler;
12601
12602protected:
12603 friend class Parser;
12604 friend class InitializationSequence;
12605 friend class ASTReader;
12606 friend class ASTDeclReader;
12607 friend class ASTWriter;
12608
12609public:
12610 /// Retrieve the keyword associated
12611 IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability);
12612
12613 /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer.
12614 RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr;
12615 bool isCFError(RecordDecl *D);
12616
12617 /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError".
12618 IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent();
12619
12620 /// Retrieve the parser's current scope.
12621 ///
12622 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
12623 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
12624 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
12625 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
12626 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
12627 /// template substitution or instantiation.
12628 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
12629
12630 void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
12631 return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
12632 }
12633
12634 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
12635 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
12636
12637 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
12638
12639 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
12640 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
12641 }
12642
12643 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
12644 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
12645 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
12646 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
12647 DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
12648 return DC;
12649 }
12650
12651 /// Determine the number of levels of enclosing template parameters. This is
12652 /// only usable while parsing. Note that this does not include dependent
12653 /// contexts in which no template parameters have yet been declared, such as
12654 /// in a terse function template or generic lambda before the first 'auto' is
12655 /// encountered.
12656 unsigned getTemplateDepth(Scope *S) const;
12657
12658 /// To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
12659 /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
12660 static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
12661 bool PartialOverloading = false) {
12662 // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
12663 if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
12664 return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
12665 return NumArgs > NumParams;
12666 }
12667
12668 // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class
12669 // (including field initializers) is fully parsed.
12670 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses;
12671 SmallVector<CXXMethodDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportMemberFunctions;
12672
12673private:
12674 int ParsingClassDepth = 0;
12675
12676 class SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII {
12677 public:
12678 SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S) { swapSavedState(); }
12679
12680 ~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII() {
12681 assert(S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&
12682 "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks");
12683 assert(S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&
12684 "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks");
12685 swapSavedState();
12686 }
12687
12688 private:
12689 Sema &S;
12690 decltype(DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks)
12691 SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks;
12692 decltype(DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks)
12693 SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks;
12694
12695 void swapSavedState() {
12696 SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.swap(
12697 S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks);
12698 SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.swap(
12699 S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks);
12700 }
12701 };
12702
12703 /// Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and
12704 /// their location info for delayed diagnostics.
12705 struct MisalignedMember {
12706 Expr *E;
12707 RecordDecl *RD;
12708 ValueDecl *MD;
12709 CharUnits Alignment;
12710
12711 MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {}
12712 MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
12713 CharUnits Alignment)
12714 : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {}
12715 explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E)
12716 : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {}
12717
12718 bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; }
12719 };
12720 /// Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members
12721 /// due to the packed attribute.
12722 SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers;
12723
12724 /// Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members.
12725 void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
12726 CharUnits Alignment);
12727
12728public:
12729 /// Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically
12730 /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the
12731 /// diagnostics.
12732 void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
12733
12734 /// This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially
12735 /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower
12736 /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when
12737 /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to
12738 /// void*).
12739 void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E);
12740
12741 /// This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a
12742 /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit
12743 /// local diagnostics like in reference binding.
12744 void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
12745 Expr *E,
12746 llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)>
12747 Action);
12748
12749 /// Describes the reason a calling convention specification was ignored, used
12750 /// for diagnostics.
12751 enum class CallingConventionIgnoredReason {
12752 ForThisTarget = 0,
12753 VariadicFunction,
12754 ConstructorDestructor,
12755 BuiltinFunction
12756 };
12757 /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current
12758 /// context is "used as device code".
12759 ///
12760 /// - If CurLexicalContext is a kernel function or it is known that the
12761 /// function will be emitted for the device, emits the diagnostics
12762 /// immediately.
12763 /// - If CurLexicalContext is a function and we are compiling
12764 /// for the device, but we don't know that this function will be codegen'ed
12765 /// for devive yet, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we
12766 /// realize that the function will be codegen'ed.
12767 ///
12768 /// Example usage:
12769 ///
12770 /// Diagnose __float128 type usage only from SYCL device code if the current
12771 /// target doesn't support it
12772 /// if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type() &&
12773 /// S.getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice)
12774 /// SYCLDiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_type_unsupported) << "__float128";
12775 SemaDiagnosticBuilder SYCLDiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc,
12776 unsigned DiagID);
12777
12778 /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context.
12779 ///
12780 /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program
12781 /// emits an error and returns false.
12782 ///
12783 /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if
12784 /// it's never codegen'ed, creates a deferred diagnostic to be emitted if
12785 /// and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true.
12786 ///
12787 /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics.
12788 ///
12789 /// Adds Callee to DeviceCallGraph if we don't know if its caller will be
12790 /// codegen'ed yet.
12791 bool checkSYCLDeviceFunction(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee);
12792};
12793
12794/// RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
12795class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
12796 Sema &Actions;
12797 bool Entered = true;
12798
12799public:
12800 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(
12801 Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
12802 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
12803 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext =
12804 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other,
12805 bool ShouldEnter = true)
12806 : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) {
12807 if (Entered)
12808 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
12809 ExprContext);
12810 }
12811 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(
12812 Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
12813 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
12814 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext =
12815 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other)
12816 : Actions(Actions) {
12817 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
12818 NewContext, Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, ExprContext);
12819 }
12820
12821 enum InitListTag { InitList };
12822 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag,
12823 bool ShouldEnter = true)
12824 : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) {
12825 // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of
12826 // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands.
12827 // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such
12828 // a context.
12829 if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() &&
12830 Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
12831 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
12832 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList);
12833 Entered = true;
12834 }
12835 }
12836
12837 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
12838 if (Entered)
12839 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12840 }
12841};
12842
12843DeductionFailureInfo
12844MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
12845 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
12846
12847/// Contains a late templated function.
12848/// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
12849struct LateParsedTemplate {
12850 CachedTokens Toks;
12851 /// The template function declaration to be late parsed.
12852 Decl *D;
12853};
12854
12855template <>
12856void Sema::PragmaStack<Sema::AlignPackInfo>::Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
12857 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
12858 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
12859 AlignPackInfo Value);
12860
12861} // end namespace clang
12862
12863namespace llvm {
12864// Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its
12865// SourceLocation.
12866template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> {
12867 using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc;
12868 using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>;
12869
12870 static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() {
12871 return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()};
12872 }
12873
12874 static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() {
12875 return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()};
12876 }
12877
12878 static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) {
12879 return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD),
12880 FDL.Loc.getHashValue());
12881 }
12882
12883 static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS,
12884 const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) {
12885 return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc;
12886 }
12887};
12888} // namespace llvm
12889
12890#endif
12891